Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012February 1, 2014

or

o


TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to                                   

Commission File Number: 1-4365

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

222 Piedmont Avenue,
999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30308
30309
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(404) 659-2424

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each className of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ýo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer ox
Accelerated filer ýo
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

As of July 29, 2011,August 2, 2013, which is the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $545,181,811.$977,314,160. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant's voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to July 30, 2011)August 2, 2013) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class
Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 23, 201221, 2014
Common Stock, $1 par value 16,527,89116,416,240

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of our proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 13, 201218, 2014 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.




Table of Contents



Page

PART I

PART I


Item 1.



Business




5


Item 1A.

1.

4


Risk Factors




25


Unresolved Staff Comments



Item 2.


32


Properties




36


Item 3.



Legal Proceedings



Item 4.



Mine Safety Disclosures



PART II


Item 5.



Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities



Item 6.



Selected Financial Data



Item 7.



Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Item 7A.



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk



Item 8.



Financial Statements and Supplementary Data



Item 9.



Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure



Item 9A.



Controls and Procedures



Item 9B.



Other Information



PART III


Item 10.



Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance



Item 11.



Executive Compensation



Item 12.



Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters



Item 13.



Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence



Item 14.



Principal Accountant Fees and Services



PART IV


Item 15.



Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules


Signatures


Signatures


 




CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Important assumptions relating to these forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding the impact of economic conditions on consumer demand and spending, particularly in light of general economic uncertainty that continues to prevail, demand for our products, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive conditions, retention of and disciplined execution by key management, the timing and cost of store openings and of planned capital expenditures, weather, costs of products andas well as the raw materials we purchase,used in those products, costs of labor, access to capital and/or credit markets, acquisition and disposition activities, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions, access to capital and/or credit markets and disciplined execution by key management.the impact of foreign losses on our effective tax rate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC.

We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

DEFINITIONS

        Unless

As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms,"our," "us" or words of similar import, have the following meanings:

        Our, us or we:"we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries

        U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement: Our $175 million revolving credit facility, as described in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this report

        U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement: Our £7 million revolving credit facility, as described in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this report

        113/8% Senior Secured Notes: Our 11.375% senior secured notes due 2015, as described in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this report

        SG&A: Selling,subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses

        SEC:expenses; "SEC" means U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission


Table of Contents

        FASB:Commission; "FASB" means Financial Accounting Standards Board

        U.S. GAAP: GenerallyBoard; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States

        ASC: FASB Accounting Standards Codification

        Discontinued operations: References to results of operations, assets or liabilities related to discontinued operations within this report refer toStates. Additionally, the operations, assets or liabilities associated with our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which were sold on January 3, 2011. Our former Oxford Apparel operating group sold certain private label and branded apparel to a variety of customers. Additionally, unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations.

        The terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 2012201452 weeks ending January 31, 2015
Fiscal 201352 weeks ended February 1, 2014
Fiscal 201253 weeks endingended February 2, 2013
Fiscal 201152 weeks ended January 28, 2012
Fiscal 201052 weeks ended January 29, 2011
Fiscal 200952 weeks ended January 30, 2010
Fourth quarter Fiscal 200820135213 weeks ended January 31, 2009February 1, 2014
Eight-month transition periodThird quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended FebruaryNovember 2, 200835 weeks and one day
ended February 2, 20082013
Second quarter Fiscal 200720135213 weeks ended June 1, 2007August 3, 2013
First quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended May 4, 2013
Fourth quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 20121314 weeks ended January 28, 2012February 2, 2013
Third quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201213 weeks ended October 29, 201127, 2012
Second quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201213 weeks ended July 30, 201128, 2012
First quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201213 weeks ended April 30, 2011
Fourth quarter fiscal 201013 weeks ended January 29, 2011
Third quarter fiscal 201013 weeks ended October 30, 2010
Second quarter fiscal 201013 weeks ended July 31, 2010
First quarter fiscal 201013 weeks ended May 1, 201028, 2012


3


PART I

Item 1.    Business

BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS

Overview

We are a global apparel company whichthat designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®, as well as owned and licensed brands for tailored clothing and golf apparel.. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of ownedour retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate 13 Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama retail store. During fiscal 2011, 88%Fiscal 2013, 89% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and approximately 50%59% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which includes our 181 owned retail stores, our e-commerce websites and our 14 Tommy Bahama restaurants. In fiscal 2011, approximatelyFiscal 2013, more than 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the remaindersales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and Europe.

Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that are "fashion right" and evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, towe may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We consider "lifestyle" brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman brands. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with our target customers,consumers can command greater customer loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business.

Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers and to present to them the full line of our current season products. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. We believe that our company-ownedowned retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term sustainable growth for the brands without jeopardizing the image of the brands. Additionally, our e-commerce websites for our lifestyle brands provide the opportunity to reachincrease revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of our products. We anticipate further investments in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to increase the number of retail stores of each of the brands and to further enhance each brand's e-commerce operations.
As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama, 23 Lilly Pulitzer and 17 Ben Sherman retail locations, including outlet locations for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman. For Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, we also operateour outlet stores that play an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. As of January 28, 2012, we operated 96 Tommy Bahama, 16 Lilly Pulitzer and 16 Ben Sherman retail locations, including outlet locations for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman. We anticipate further investments in Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman to increase the retail store footprint of each of the brands and to further enhance each brand's e-commerce operations.

In addition to our direct to consumer operations, we distribute our owned and licensed branded products through several wholesale distribution channels, including better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs, mass merchants, warehouse clubs and Internet retailers. Our wholesale operations complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. We believe it is imperative that we maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by ensuring that the branded products are sold to wholesale


Table of Contents

customers whothat will preserve and enhance the image of our brands. Because our intent is that our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products in our owned full-price retail locationsstores are typically sold at full price with limited sales or promotions, we target wholesale customers that typically follow this same approach in their stores. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of our products within their stores. Our ten10 largest customers represented approximately 27%22% of our consolidated net sales for fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, with no individual customer representing more than 10% of our consolidated net sales.

        In addition to our owned lifestyle brands, currently within

Within our Lanier Clothes operating group, we hold licenses to produce and sell certain categories of apparel products under certain brands sellthat are licensed to us and certain private label apparel products, and sellas well as products bearing brands that we own. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, on a consolidated basis, sales of products beingfrom licensed brands accounted for approximately 7% of our consolidated net sales, while sales ofand private label products represented approximately 5%accounted for 7% and 4%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales.

We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominatedominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel

4


industry are design,the reputation, value and image of brand image,names; design; consumer preference, price, quality, marketingpreference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our ability to foreseeproficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and to presentpresenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of theirits own competing products some of which may be sourced directly by our customer.in its own retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than thethese conditions have on other industries.

        The


We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that beganhave prevailed in fiscal 2008recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although declines in consumer spending have moderated and our product sales have generally increased recently, unemployment levels remain high, consumer retail traffic generally remains depressed,some signs of economic improvements exist, the retail environment remains highlyvery promotional and there remains a significant amount of economic uncertainty.uncertainty remains. We believeanticipate that sales of our products may continue to be negatively impacted as long as there is an ongoingelevated level of economic uncertainty.

uncertainty in geographies in which we operate. Additionally, we have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, which continued in Fiscal 2013.

Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business include, but are not limited to, competition, economic factors and others as described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

Fiscal 2012

Investments and Opportunities

We believe that our operating groupsTommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth. We believe that each of our lifestyle brands has opportunities for growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store footprintoperations, as well aswe add additional retail store locations, and increases in same store and e-commerce sales, and continued growth in ourwith e-commerce businesses.likely to grow at a faster rate than retail store operations. We also believe that ourthese lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in ourtheir wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers.

customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to furthertake advantage of their expansion by opening additionallong-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail storesstore build-out and takingdistribution center and technology enhancements, as well as increased employment, advertising and other measures.costs in key functions to provide future net sales growth and support the ongoing business operations. We expect that thesethe investments will negatively impact our short-term operating income as we increase our investment and retail store pre-opening costs. Our fiscal 2012 investments are expectedcontinue to include a Tommy Bahama retail store and restaurant, which we refer to as an "island location," in New York City, as well as other domestic Tommy Bahama retail store openings; further development of an international infrastructure for Tommy Bahama and related opening of


Table of Contents

Tommy Bahama retail stores in Asia; and new Lilly Pulitzer retail locations. While we believe that these fiscal 2012 investments will generate long-term benefits, we recognize that they will have a short-term, negative impactput downward pressure on our operating results,margins in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.


We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth in Lanier Clothes through new product programs, including the recognition of certain investment and retail store pre-opening costs and the impact of lease obligations under U.S. GAAP, which requires thatpants; however, we recognize pre-opening rent expense from the date we take possession of a leased space. Although wealso believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, which may negatively impact net sales, operating income and operating margin. The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the future,long-term; however, we currently believe, there areas a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities for moderateto increase sales growthand thereby generate significantly improved operating results in our tailored clothing business; however, the competition and costing pressures in this sector may hinder operating income growth in this business.

future.


We continue to believe that it is important to focus on maintainingmaintain a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity, and weliquidity. We believe that our strong balance sheet and liquidity coupled with positive cash flow from operations coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with ample resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. Further, we believe we have a significant opportunity beginning on July 15, 2012 to improve our capital structure, when we can redeem our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes at 105.668% of the principal amount of plus accrued and unpaid interest, which redemption price will decrease in subsequent years, which could result in substantial interest savings for us after that date if we can replace these notes with more attractive borrowing alternatives. In the future, we may add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we identify appropriate lifestyle brandstargets which meet our investment criteria; however, we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands even absent any future acquisition.

brands.

Background and Transformation

Originally founded in 1942, we have undergone a significant transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic private label manufacturing roots. Over the years we transitioned first to an international apparel design and sourcing company and ultimately to a company with a focus on owning, managing, designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us. Significant milestones in the last ten yearssince 2003 include the acquisition of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman lifestyle brands in 2003, 2004 and 2010, respectively, as well as the divestiture of certain of our private label and licensed brand operations, including our former Womenswear and Oxford Apparel operating groups. These acquisitionsgroups in 2006 and divestitures have resulted in a dramatic change in our sales mix from fiscal 2002, when less than 5%2010, respectively.

5


Operating Groups

Our business is primarily operated through four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, and Lanier Clothes, each of which is described below. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating


Table of Contents

resources and assessing performance. The table below presents net salesOur operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net Sales

       

Tommy Bahama

 $452,156 $398,510 

Lilly Pulitzer(1)

  94,495  5,959 

Ben Sherman

  91,435  86,920 

Lanier Clothes

  108,771  103,733 

Corporate and Other(2)

  12,056  8,825 
      

Total

 $758,913 $603,947 
      

Operating Income (Loss)

       

Tommy Bahama

 $64,171 $51,081 

Lilly Pulitzer(1)(3)

  14,278  (372)

Ben Sherman(4)

  (2,535) (2,664)

Lanier Clothes

  12,862  14,316 

Corporate and Other(2)(5)

  (19,969) (21,699)
      

Total

 $68,807 $40,662 
      

(1)
Lilly Pulitzer's net salesresource allocation across the brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, December 21, 2010.

(2)
licensing operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, and other costs that are not allocated to ourthe operating groups. Corporategroups and Other also includes the operations of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

(3)
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results were negatively impacted by $1.0 million and $0.8 million of chargesother businesses which are not included in cost of goods sold associated with the write-up of inventory from cost to fair value in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and $2.4 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, of changes in the fair value of contingent consideration associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition pursuant to the purchase method of accounting.

(4)
Ben Sherman's fiscal 2010our four operating results included restructuring and other charges of $3.2 million. The fiscal 2010 charges primarily consisted of charges associated with the termination of certain retail store leases in the United Kingdom and fixed asset impairment charges.

(5)
The fiscal 2011 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $5.8 million of LIFO accounting charges, which were partially offset by a $1.2 million life insurance death benefit gain. Fiscal 2010 operating income for Corporate and Other included $3.8 million of LIFO accounting charges and $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, which were partially offset by the positive impact of a $2.2 million reduction in an existing environmental reserve liability.

Table of Contents

groups. The table below presents total assetnet sales and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).

  
 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 
 

Assets

       
 

Tommy Bahama

 $306,772 $274,140 
 

Lilly Pulitzer

  82,417  79,476 
 

Ben Sherman

  78,040  64,591 
 

Lanier Clothes

  30,755  35,530 
 

Corporate and Other

  11,223  46,989 
 

Assets related to Discontinued Operations

    57,745 
       
 

Total

 $509,207 $558,471 
       
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net Sales  
Tommy Bahama$584,941
$528,639
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
Total$917,097
$855,542
Operating Income (Loss)  
Tommy Bahama$72,207
$69,454
Lilly Pulitzer (1)25,951
20,267
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
Ben Sherman(13,131)(10,898)
Corporate and Other (2)(11,185)(20,692)
Total operating income$84,670
$68,971


(1)Lilly Pulitzer's operating results were negatively impacted in Fiscal 2012 by $6.3 million of charges attributable to a change in the fair value of contingent consideration associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.

(2)The Fiscal 2012 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $4.0 million of LIFO accounting charges, with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013.
The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
Assets  
Tommy Bahama$408,599
$359,462
Lilly Pulitzer101,704
90,873
Lanier Clothes39,989
28,455
Ben Sherman79,299
74,055
Corporate and Other(2,286)3,225
Total$627,305
$556,070
Total assets for Corporate and Other include a LIFO reserve of $52.4$56.7 million and $46.0$56.4 million as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, respectively. The decrease in Corporate and Other from January 29, 2011 to January 28, 2012 is primarily due to the decrease in cash on hand during fiscal 2011, as we utilized cash generated from operations and cash on hand to repurchase $45 million of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes during the year. Assets related to discontinued operations primarily consist of receivables and inventories associated with our former Oxford Apparel Group, which, net of any outstanding liabilities associated with the discontinued operations, were converted to cash during fiscal 2011. For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information aboutby geographic areas, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.



6


Tommy Bahama

Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our company-owned Tommy Bahama retail stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, www.tommybahama.com,tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States and licensed Tommy Bahama retail stores outside the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During fiscal 2011, substantially allFiscal 2013, 96% of Tommy Bahama's sales were to customers within the United States.

States, with 2% of Tommy Bahama's sales in Canada and the remaining sales being in Australia and Asia.

We believe there is ample opportunity to expand the reach of the Tommy Bahama brand, while at the same time maintaining the select distribution that Tommy Bahama has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand. These investments include amounts associated with capital expenditures and pre-opening expenses of new stores and restaurants as well as the remodeling of existing stores and restaurants; capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; capital expenditures related to facilities; and capital expenditures and operating expenses associated with our ongoing expansion into the Asia-Pacific region. We expect that the investments will continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.
We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel and licensed products, while also restrictinglimiting the distribution of the Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers. We will continue to work diligently to maintain these critical qualities of the brand. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $900 million.

Design, Sourcing and Distribution

Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends incorporating oneof two or more of these fiber types.

materials.

We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of substantially all of our Tommy Bahama products. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, we utilized approximately 150


Table of Contents

210 suppliers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products. In Fiscal 2013, 81% of Tommy Bahama's product purchases were from manufacturers in China. The largest ten10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided approximately 57%49% of the products acquired during fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama retail stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our North American direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volume ofsome limited replenishment ordering for our North American wholesale customers.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own retail stores and e-commerce website, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which theythe products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer strategy includeschannels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant and e-commerce operations, which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 67%74% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. We expect the percentage of our Tommy Bahama sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase slightly in future years as we anticipate that the direct to consumer distribution channel will continue to grow at a faster pace than the wholesale distribution channel. Retail store, restaurante-commerce and e-commercerestaurant net sales accounted for approximately 47%51%, 12%13% and 8%10%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2011, approximately 64%Fiscal 2013, 65% and 25%29% of our direct to consumer sales at our full-price retail storesstore sales were sales of Tommy Bahama men's product and women's products,product, respectively, including apparel and accessories, with the remainder of the full-price retail store sales being home products and other accessories.

        Continued growth

For Tommy Bahama's full-price retail stores and developmentrestaurant-retail locations operating for the full Fiscal 2013 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $680 during the 52-week Fiscal 2013, compared to $705 for stores operating for the entire 53-week Fiscal 2012 year. This per square foot sales information excludes the sales and square feet of our retailoutlet stores, which in Fiscal 2013 generated approximately $390 per square foot for

7


outlets open for the entire 2013 fiscal year. For relocated stores for which the square feet changed during the year, if any, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store operations is a critical part of our overallbased on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand. This strategybrand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and resort destinations.brand appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek malls and shopping areas with high-profile or luxury consumer brands.brands for our full-price retail stores. As of February 1, 2014, approximately 40% of our full-price Tommy Bahama retail locations are in regional malls, with the remainder primarily being stores in street-front locations or lifestyle centers. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a wide rangefull line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique.

        Our Tommy Bahama full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to present Tommy Bahama's full line of current season products, including home products and accessories. We believe that the Tommy Bahama retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. WeFurther, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to limitoperate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited in-store promotional sales in our own retail storesactivities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 10% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2013, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties, while helpingparties. We believe that this approach helps us to protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand through controlled distribution.

        We operate 13by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity and controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product.

As of February 1, 2014 we operated 14 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location.location, which together we often refer to as islands. These restaurantsrestaurant-retail locations provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama island experience. We do not anticipate that many of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile, brand appropriate locations, such as Naples, Florida and New York City, we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image of the brand. Generally, net sales per square foot in our full-price retail stores which are adjacent to a restaurant outpacesoutpace the net sales per square foot of our typical full-price retail store, as we believe that the restaurant experience may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise.


TableAs of Contents

February 1, 2014, the total square feet of space utilized for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.5 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet utilized in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below details the number and average square feet ofprovides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores operated by us as of January 28, 2012.

February 1, 2014.

8

Table of Contents

 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet Stores
Restaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Florida17
3
4
24
California14
4
3
21
Texas5
4
1
10
Hawaii4
1
2
7
Nevada3
1
1
5
Arizona2
1
1
4
Illinois4


4
Maryland2
2

4
New York1
2
1
4
Virginia2
2

4
Other states22
11

33
Total domestic76
31
13
120
Canada6
3

9
Australia5
1

6
Other international4
1
1
6
Total91
36
14
141
Average square feet per store(1)3,400
4,700
11,400
 
Total square feet at year end310,000
170,000
160,000
 

 
 Restaurant-retail
Locations
 Full-Price
Stores
 Outlet Stores Total

California

        3      16      4 23

Florida

        4      14      2 20

Hawaii

        2        4      1   7

Texas

        1        4      2   7

Nevada

        1        3      1   5

Other

        2      22      10 34
         

Total

        13      63      20 96
         

Average square feet(1)

 11,600 3,700 5,200  


(1)Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations include average retail space and restaurant space of 4,200 and 7,200 square feet, respectively.
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama stores during Fiscal 2013.
(1)
Average
 Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresRestaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Open as of beginning of fiscal year75
24
14
113
Opened during fiscal year11
9
1
21
Licensee stores acquired during fiscal year6
3

9
Closed during fiscal year(1)
(1)(2)
Open as of end of fiscal year91
36
14
141
During Fiscal 2013, the average total gross square feet, forcalculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of full-price retail space, including the retail portion of our Tommy Bahama restaurant-retail locations, include averageused in our domestic and international retail space and restaurant space of 4,000 and 7,600operations for Tommy Bahama was approximately 355,000 square feet, respectively.

        Forwhile the average total gross square feet of space used in our domestic and international Tommy Bahama'sBahama outlet operations was approximately 150,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2014, we currently expect to open 11 domestic retail locations in total. The majority of these locations are full-price retail stores and one is a restaurant-retail location in Jupiter, Florida. We currently anticipate opening eight to 10 domestic retail locations operating for the full fiscal 2011per year sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $645 during fiscal 2011, compared to $580 for stores operating for the full fiscal 2010 year. The increase from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to increased comparable stores sales. In fiscal 2012,beyond Fiscal 2014. Additionally, we expect to open 10 to 12 domestic full-price and outlet locationsone or two international stores in the aggregate, net of a certain number of relocations and closures.Fiscal 2014. Although each of the specific locations and timing of all of our domestic and international store openings have not been finalized, yet, we anticipate opening full-price retail locations in New YorkSarasota, Florida and Chicago,La Jolla, California, among other cities, in fiscal 2012. We currently anticipate maintaining a similar level of domestic new store openings in future years as well. In addition to our domestic store openings, we also anticipate opening retail stores in Asia including Macau and Singapore in fiscal 2012 and a Tommy Bahama restaurant-retail location in Tokyo in fiscal 2013. We continue to look for additional locations for retail stores in Asia, including locations in China and Hong Kong, as we proceed with our international expansion.

Fiscal 2014.

The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail locations requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations.operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we will spend approximately $1.2 million and $0.6$0.5 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store and domestic outlet store, respectively. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, including Chicago, couldmay require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the store. The cost of a restaurant-retail location can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our restaurant-retail locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain

9

Table of Contents

locations. For the Jupiter, Florida location which we expect to open in late Fiscal 2014, we anticipate a cost of less than $5 million; however, we anticipate that wethe cost of the Waikiki restaurant-retail location expected to open in Fiscal 2015 will spendbe approximately $10 million formillion. Also, the build-out of our New York retail-restaurant location during fiscal 2012. The international retail store and outlet store locations that we open in the future may be more expensive than our domestic retail stores depending on the location and size of the store as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and other factors. For certainmost of our retail stores, including those located in the United States, the landlord often provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

        We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a retail store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of retail store relocations will generally be comparable to the costs of opening a new retail store.

In addition to our new store openings, and relocations, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a retail store is appropriate.


Table We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. As we reach the expirations of Contents

more of our lease agreements, we anticipate that the capital expenditures for remodels and relocations will increase in future periods. The cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store.

In addition to our full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail operations, our direct to consumer approach includes the tommybahama.com website, which represented approximately 8%13% of Tommy Bahama's net sales during fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. The website allows consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet. This website has also enabled us to significantly increase our database of customer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. We anticipate further growth in our e-commerce operations asAs we reach more customers in the future.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at specialty stores or department stores, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama through better department stores and specialty stores. Although we do not expect that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for approximately 33%26% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold. Part of our wholesale strategy is to control the distribution of our Tommy Bahama products in a manner intended to protect and grow the value of the brand. During fiscal 2011, approximately 22%Fiscal 2013, 16% of Tommy Bahama's net sales were to Tommy Bahama's five largest wholesale customers, with no individual customer representing greater than 10% of Tommy Bahama's net sales.

Almost half of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to its two largest customers, Macy's and Nordstrom's, with the remaining wholesale sales being sales to other department and specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations.

We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including New York and Seattle, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations utilize a sales force primarily consisting of independent commissioned sales representatives.

Licensing Operations

We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as additional royalty payments and, in some cases, advertising payments and/or obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:


10

Table of Contents

Men's and women's watchesCeiling fansIndoor furniture
Men's and women's eyewearRugsOutdoor furniture and related products
Men's belts and socksWallcoveringsFabricsBedding and bath linens
Men's and women's headwearFabricsLeather goods and giftsTable top accessories
SleepwearLuggageLeather goods and giftsSleepwearCandles
Shampoo, soap and bath amenitiesFragrancesTumblers

In addition to our licenses for the specific product categories listed above, we have also enteredmay enter into certain international license agreements which allow those licensees to distribute certain Tommy Bahama branded products within certain countries or regions. As of February 1, 2014, we have one such agreement for the United Arab Emirates. Substantially all of the products sold by the licensee are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama


Table of Contents

goods to wholesale accounts, the licenseeslicensee operates three retail stores.

Seasonal Aspects of Business
Tommy Bahama's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Tommy Bahama by quarter for Fiscal 2013:
 First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales26%26%19%29%
Operating income30%33%1%36%
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2013 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Tommy Bahama's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce site, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have opened retail storespresented in their respective geographic regionsthe following table, the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2013, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales within any particular quarter in some cases. As of January 28, 2012, our licensees operated 15 retail stores in Canada, Australia and the United Arab Emirates.

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
Full price retail stores and outlets46%53%50%52%51%
E-commerce11%14%8%17%13%
Restaurant12%10%11%9%10%
Wholesale31%23%31%22%26%
Total100%100%100%100%100%
Lilly Pulitzer

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and otherrelated products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, www.lillypulitzer.com,lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. During fiscal 2011, approximately 43%Fiscal 2013, 41% and 31%37% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were for dresseswomen's sportswear and women's sportswear,dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of salesLilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves and bags; children's apparel; footwear; and licensed products. Sportswear represented a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer children's apparel, accessoriessales in Fiscal 2013 than Fiscal 2012 as the breadth of our sportswear offerings has expanded and footwear.

11

Table of Contents

the growth of sales in sportswear has outpaced sales growth for dresses. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand on December 21, 2010 and anticipate growth in the brand's retail, e-commerce, wholesale and licensing operations in the future. Of the approximately $94 million of Lilly Pulitzer net sales in fiscal 2011, approximately 53%, 31% and 16% of the net sales were through the wholesale, retail and e-commerce distribution channels, respectively. We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, while at the same time maintaining the exclusive distribution that Lilly Pulitzer has historically maintained.

We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include amounts associated with the opening of new stores, costs to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities, an expansion and other enhancements of Lilly Pulitzer's facilities in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and an increase in employment costs to continue to support a growing business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer's operating margin.

We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of effort to ensure that the appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel and licensed products is maintained, while also restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers. We believe this approach to quality, design and distribution has been critical in allowing the brandus to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $150exceeded $200 million.

Design, Sourcing and Distribution

Lilly Pulitzer's products are developed by our dedicated design teams primarily located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

Lilly Pulitzer utilizes a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 40 suppliers located primarily in China Hong Kong and Macau to manufacture Lilly Pulitzer products during fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. In Fiscal 2013, 75% of Lilly Pulitzer's product purchases were from manufacturers located in China. The largest ten10 suppliers provided approximately 70%79% of the Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for its operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to


Table of Contents

support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volumesome limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. The components ofdistribution channels included in Lilly Pulitzer's direct to consumer strategy includeconsist of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations and represented approximately 47%57% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013, compared to 54% in Fiscal 2012. We expect the percentage of our Lilly Pulitzer sales which are direct to consumer sales to increase in future years as we anticipate that the full-price retail and e-commerce components of the Lilly Pulitzer business will continue to grow at a faster rate than the wholesale distribution channel.

Lilly Pulitzer's full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2013 were approximately $645 for the 19 full-price retail stores which were open the entire 52-week Fiscal 2013 year compared to approximately $580 for the 15 Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full 53-week Fiscal 2012 year. For relocated stores, if any, for which the square feet changed during the year, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to the inclusion of the more productive four stores opened in Fiscal 2012 in the Fiscal 2013 calculation, as each of the Fiscal 2012 store openings had higher sales per gross square foot than the Fiscal 2012 sales per gross square foot average.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations.locations with approximately half of the Lilly Pulitzer stores being located in malls. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image.image, brand awareness and

12

Table of Contents

acceptance. Our full-price Lilly Pulitzer retail stores allow the opportunityus to present Lilly Pulitzer's full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. WeAlso, we believe thethat our presentation of these products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited promotional activities in our Lilly Pulitzerown retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances Lilly Pulitzer'scomplement our business with our wholesale customers.

Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

The table below provides additionalcertain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of January 28, 2012.

February 1, 2014.


Number
of Stores

Florida

        5
Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores

New York

Florida
6       3

Pennsylvania

New York
3       2

Texas

Pennsylvania
2       2

Other

North Carolina
2       4
Ohio2

Total

Texas
2     16
Other6

Total

23
Average square feet per store

2,9003,300
Total square feet at year-end66,400
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2013.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Open as of beginning of fiscal year19
Opened during fiscal year4
Open as of end of fiscal year23

        Retail store sales per

During Fiscal 2013, the average total gross square foot for fiscal 2011 werefeet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of retail space was approximately $480 for62,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2014, we expect to open five retail stores, which were open the entire fiscaland we expect to maintain a pace of four to six stores a year compared to approximately $345 for the Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full 2010 calendar year, which was mostly prior to our acquisition and were not included in our results of operations. The increase from calendar year 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to increased comparable stores sales. During fiscal 2012, we anticipate opening three or four Lilly Pulitzer retail store locations.after Fiscal 2014. Although the timingspecific locations and locationstiming of all of theour store openings have not been finalized, we openedanticipate opening full-price retail store locations in Tampa, Key Largo and Sarasota, Florida; Birmingham, Alabama; and Bethesda, Maryland in Fiscal 2014.
The operation of full-price retail stores requires a store in Charlotte, North Carolina in February 2012 and have entered into a lease agreement for a store in Atlanta, Georgia. Further, we continue to work towards finding other brand appropriate locations for future stores.greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that newmost full-price retail store openings will generally be in the 2,500 square foot range as we believe that a smaller store of this size will generally provide a better return on investment than a larger stores.store; however, some stores may be larger or smaller than 2,500 square feet. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $0.8 million on average. The operationFor most of our retail stores, requires a greater amount of capital investment than wholesale operations, but often the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of theseour capital expenditures.

        We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a retail store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of retail store relocations will generally be comparable to the costs of opening a new retail store.

In addition to our new store openings, and relocations, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a retail store is appropriate.


Table We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires, or otherwise, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of Contents

store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store.

In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented approximately 16%25% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013 compared to 24% in Fiscal 2012. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the Lilly Pulitzer brand message to targeted consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing is a significant factor in the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand. The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years.

        Partyears and we anticipate that the rate of growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future. We also utilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, which is an ongoing part of our strategy isbusiness, in a brand appropriate manner.


13

Table of Contents

Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we continue to maintain controlled distribution in order to protectour wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer through better department stores and growspecialty stores. Although we do not expect that the Lilly Pulitzer brand.wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. During fiscal 2011, approximately 53%Fiscal 2013, 43% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers.

customers, with Lilly Pulitzer products available in more than 500 retail locations.

During fiscal 2011, approximately 50%Fiscal 2013, almost half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to certain wholesale customers, which we refer to as Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate a storeone or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, within a specified geographic area, subject to certain conditions, including designating the majority of the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a one- or two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not recognizereceive royalty income associated with these sales. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, there were approximately 7072 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.

The remaining 50% of wholesale sales were to specialtybetter department stores and better departmentspecialty stores. Approximately 18%Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in fiscal 2011, including direct to consumer and wholesale sales, were to Lilly Pulitzer's five largest wholesale customersFiscal 2013 with no individual customer representing greater than 10% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales.

        Historically, Lilly Pulitzer has not had a significant amount of excess inventories as it has purchased inventory at levels near amounts ordered by customers and purchased inventory for retail store operations prudently. For any excess or out-of-season inventory, Lilly Pulitzer typically utilizes a combination of semi-annual warehouse and e-commerce sales, off-price retailers and promotions within the owned Lilly Pulitzer retail stores to dispose of such inventory.

.

We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York.York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.

Licensing Operations

We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer's core product categories. In the long-term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer brand products.

Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.


Table of Contents

Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories:

bedding and home fashions, home furnishing fabrics, stationery and gift products, cosmetic bags and eyewear.

Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2013:

Bedding and home fashionsStationery and gift productsEyewear
 First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales28%28%22%22%
Operating income43%37%15%5%

Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy "Mod"-inspired shirt brand that was adopted by the followers of the contemporary London music scene known as modernists or "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. During fiscal 2011, approximately 48%Fiscal 2013, 40%, 25% and 29%15% of Ben Sherman's net sales occurred in the United Kingdom, andthe United States and Germany, respectively, with the remaining 23%remainder of netthe sales occurring primarilypredominantly in Europe. Ben Sherman products can be found in certainbetter department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.

We believe the attraction of the Ben Sherman brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our apparel and licensed products, while also implementing our further restriction of therestricted distribution of the Ben Sherman products to a select tier of retailers. We believe this approach to quality, design and distribution allowswill increase consumer desire for Ben Sherman products and will allow us to achieve our current retail price points for our Ben Sherman product.grow sales. We believe that the retail sales value of all Ben Sherman branded products sold during fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $300$250 million.

The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. At the same time, we elevated the wholesale distribution of the Ben Sherman brand. Although we have made significant strides in elevating our wholesale distribution, we have not realized enough sales at higher distribution levels to date

16


to replace the sales from accounts that we exited. Additionally, our operating results have been negatively impacted by certain operational missteps, including a merchandising mix misstep that occurred in Fiscal 2012. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the long-term; however, we believe, as a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities to increase sales and thereby generate significantly improved operating results in the future.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution

Ben Sherman men's apparel products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Ben Sherman headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics, or blends of two or more of these materials.

We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the majority of our Ben Sherman apparel products in China and other countries in Asia. Through this buying agent andproducts. We also operate a sourcing office we operate in India, during fiscal 2011India. During Fiscal 2013 we used approximately 12575 suppliers primarily located in China Thailand and India to manufacture our Ben Sherman products. TheDuring Fiscal 2013, 37% and 35% of our Ben Sherman apparel products were sourced from China and India, respectively, while the largest ten10 suppliers provided approximately 58%66% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during fiscal 2011.

        We use aFiscal 2013.

During Fiscal 2013, we changed from one third party distribution center to another third party distribution center in the United KingdomKingdom. This distribution center provides warehouse and distribution services for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for Ben Sherman at our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, our Ben Sherman retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volumesome limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers as well as sales for our direct to consumer operations.

Wholesale Operations

During fiscal 2011, approximately 67%Fiscal 2013, 54% of Ben Sherman's net sales were sales to wholesale customers and international distributors.distributors, with Ben Sherman products available in more than 1,100 retail locations. During fiscal 2011, approximately 20%Fiscal 2013, 22% of Ben Sherman's net


Table of Contents

sales were to its five largest customers, of which no individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of Ben Sherman's net sales. In the United States, Ben Sherman's products are located in specialty stores as well as better department stores.

        In recent years, we have implemented certain initiatives to elevate our wholesale distribution in order to attain higher price points for our Ben Sherman men's products, reduce our infrastructure and license certain of our non-core businesses to third parties to allow us to focus our resources on our core business—men's sportswear. By the end of fiscal 2011, we had made significant strides in elevating our wholesale distribution; however,which we believe we still have additional steps to achieve our idealwill provide growth opportunities for the wholesale distribution which may result in a further decline of wholesale salesthe brand in the short-term. We believe that the initiatives taken thus far and expected in the short-term are critical steps in improving the operating results and long-term returns of Ben Sherman. We believe that these initiatives will provide opportunities for improved long-term returns, not only in our wholesale operations, but also in our direct to consumer operations.

future. We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including London, New York City and Dusseldorf, among others. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.

Direct to Consumer Operations

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Ben Sherman brand includes locating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls and brand-appropriate street locations.locations and malls. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben Sherman image. Our full-price Ben Sherman full-price retail stores allow the opportunityus to present Ben Sherman's full line of current season products, including licensees' products. We believe our Ben Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business with our wholesale customers. Our outlet stores in the United Kingdom serve an important role in the overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while helping us protect the Ben Sherman brand by controlling the distribution of such products.

The components of Ben Sherman's direct to consumer strategy include retail store, concession and e-commerce operations and represented 46% of Ben Sherman's net sales in Fiscal 2013, compared to 38% in Fiscal 2012. Retail store sales per gross square foot were approximately $655 for our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores which were open throughout the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to approximately $665 for Ben Sherman full-price retail stores open throughout the 53-week Fiscal 2012. The decrease from Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to lower full-price comparable store sales and the impact of having one less week in Fiscal 2013, partially offset by the favorable impact of the close of one under-performing full-price store in the United States during Fiscal 2013.

17

Table of Contents

The table below provides additionalcertain information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of January 28, 2012.

February 1, 2014.

 
 Number
of Stores
 Average
Square Feet

United States Full-Price Stores

   4 3,700

United Kingdom Full-Price Stores

   5 2,000

Germany Full-Price Stores

   2 2,100

United Kingdom and Europe Outlet Stores

   5 1,700
     

Total

 16 2,300
     
 
Number
of Stores
Average
Square Feet
United States full-price retail stores3
4,000
United Kingdom full-price retail stores6
2,000
Germany full-price retail stores2
2,100
Outlet stores (1)6
1,800
Total17
2,300
Total gross square feet at year end38,800
 

        During fiscal 2011, approximately 33% of Ben Sherman's net sales were from owned retail


(1)Includes three, two and one outlet stores in the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, respectively.
The table below reflects the changes in store operations. Retail sales per gross square foot were approximately $750count for our full-price Ben Sherman stores open throughout fiscal 2011 compared to $595 for the full-price Ben Sherman stores open throughout fiscal 2010. The increase from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to increased comparable stores sales, the close of two larger footprint, underperforming store locations and foreign currency exchange rate changes. Weduring Fiscal 2013.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresTotal
Open as of beginning of fiscal year12
7
19
Closed during fiscal year(1)(1)(2)
Open as of end of fiscal year11
6
17
Although we continue to evaluate potential locations and may open retail stores in fiscal 2012the future if we identify locations which meet our investment criteria.criteria, we do not currently have plans to open any new Ben Sherman full-price stores in Fiscal 2014; however, we may open additional outlet stores in Fiscal 2014. The operation of our retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations. Based on recent store


Table of Contents

openings,operations as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we have spentspend approximately $0.9$0.6 million of capital expenditures on average to build out a Ben Sherman full-price retail store and less than that to build out a Ben Sherman outlet store. Often,In most cases, the landlord provideshas provided certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital expenditures.

In addition to our new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a retail store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate which occurred with our Carnaby Street, London remodelto relocate a store to a new location in fiscal 2011.

the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store.

Another component of our direct to consumer strategy is operating certain concession arrangements, whereby we operate Ben Sherman shops within department or other stores. The inventory at these locations is owned by us until sold to the consumer, at which time we recognize the full retail sales price. In these arrangements, we are responsible for the cost of thea Ben Sherman employee is responsible for the area, and alsowe pay a commission to the department store to cover occupancy and certain other costs associated with using the space. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we operated 1112 concession locations in the United Kingdom.

        Late in fiscal

During Fiscal 2011, we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United Kingdom and Europe, which providesand during Fiscal 2012 we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United States. These websites provide consumers the opportunity to purchase Ben Sherman products directly on-line. We anticipate re-launching our Ben Sherman U.S. site during fiscal 2012. Although the netNet sales impact of Ben Sherman's e-commerce operations is not currently significant, wewere 5% of net sales for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013.We believe that e-commerce is an important growth opportunity for the Ben Sherman customer base will embrace a high-quality, brand appropriate e-commerce site.

Licensing/Distributor Operations

We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben Sherman's core product categories, including footwear and kids apparel. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben Sherman brand products.

Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified

18

Table of Contents

percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product categories:

FootwearKid's apparel
Men's backpackswatches and travel bagsjewelryMen's tailored clothes and dress shirts
Men's hats, caps, scarves and boys' watches and jewelryglovesMen's neckwear and pocket squares
Men's fragrances and women's eyeweartoiletriesMen's and boys' underwear, socks and sleepwear
Men's fragrances and toiletriesMen's hats, caps, scarves and gloves
Men's gift products 

In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which give these third parties the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the world. Many of theThe products sold by our licensees/distributors generally are identical to the products sold in the United Kingdom


Table of Contents

and United States. We believe there is potential for further penetration into these and other markets for the Ben Sherman brand. In most markets, our licensees/distributors are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, our licensees/distributors operated 18 Ben Sherman retail stores located in a number of countries including Australia, Asia, South Africa, EuropeMalaysia, Philippines, Canada and Canada.

        Lanier Clothes designs, sourcesRussia.

Seasonal Aspects of Business
Ben Sherman's net sales are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The sales of Ben Sherman generally align with a typical wholesale and markets brandedretail apparel company whereby the fall and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, withholiday seasons are generally stronger quarters than the majorityfirst half of the business at moderate price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties including Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Geoffrey Beene® and Ike Behar®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London® and Arnold Brant® brands. Billy London is a modern, British-inspired fashion brand geared towardsfiscal year. The following table presents the value-oriented consumer, while Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to blend modern elements of style with affordable luxury. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. We believe that this private label business appropriately complements our branded tailored clothing businesses. Significant private label brands for which we produce tailored clothing include Lands' End®, Stafford®, Alfani®, Structure®, and Kenneth Roberts®. Sales of branded products represented approximately 66% of Lanier Clothes' net sales during fiscal 2011.

        Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States. In Lanier Clothes, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States' largest retailers, with Sears (which includes Lands' End), Men's Wearhouse, Macy's, Burlington Coat Factory and JCPenney representing approximately 18%, 14%, 13%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of Lanier Clothes' net sales during fiscal 2011. Sales to Lanier Clothes' 10 largest customers represented approximately 89% of Lanier Clothes' net sales in fiscal 2011. The amount and percentage of net sales attributablefor Ben Sherman by quarter for Fiscal 2013:

 First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales18%24%28%30%
Operating Loss37%29%14%20%
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to an individual customerthe next, we do not believe that net sales or operating loss for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating loss for Fiscal 2013 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years may be different than fiscal 2011 amounts asyears.
The timing of Ben Sherman's sales are typically on an order by order or specific program basis and not tied to long-term contracts.

        The tailored clothing market is an extremely competitive apparel sector that is experiencing gross margin pressures due to sourcing cost increases and increased competition. We continue to believe that the opportunities for branded tailored clothing are better than private label tailored clothing, although the challenges in branded tailored clothing are significant. We believe that our Lanier Clothes business has excelled at bringing quality products to our customers and managing inventory risk appropriately, resulting in low double digit operating margins, while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.

        We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the brandeddirect to consumer and private label tailored clothing market. Our Lanier Clothes' design teams, whichwholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Ben Sherman products in our principal markets is generally higher in the fall and holiday seasons and lower in the spring and summer seasons. Wholesale product shipments are locatedgenerally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in New York, focus on the target consumerfollowing table the proportion of net sales for each brand. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research.

        Lanier Clothes manages production in Asia and Latin America through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third party buying agents. During fiscal 2011, approximately 45% of Lanier Clothes product purchases were from manufacturers located in China, compared to approximately 68% in fiscal 2010, as certain production was shifted away from factories in China to Vietnam and India during fiscal 2011. Lanier Clothes purchased goods from approximately 200 suppliers in fiscal 2011. The ten largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided approximately 57% of


Table of Contents

the raw materials and finished goods Lanier Clothes acquired from third parties during fiscal 2011. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Clothes also operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico,quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2013, which produced approximately 18% of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2011.

        Our various Lanier Clothes products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials. The majoritymay not necessarily be indicative of the materials usedallocation of sales in Lanier Clothes' manufacturing operations are purchased in the form of woven finished fabrics directly from various offshore fabric mills.

        For Lanier Clothes, we utilize a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering. For certain standard tailored clothing product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior- season inventory is an ongoing part of our business.

        We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Clothes products in several locations, including New York and Atlanta. We employ a sales force for Lanier Clothes primarily consisting of salaried employees. Lanier Clothes also operates the www.billylondonuk.com and www.menstailoreddirect.com websites, where certain Lanier Clothes' products may be purchased online directly by consumers.


 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full Year
Wholesale53%51%61%51%54%
Direct to Consumer47%49%39%49%46%
Total100%100%100%100%100%
Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. The operations that are included in Corporate and Other includegroups, including our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which were previously included indoes not correspond to our former Oxford Apparel operating group priordefinitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the disposaloperating groups.

19

Table of substantially all of the operations and assets of Oxford Apparel on January 3, 2011.

Contents


The Oxford Golf® brand is designed to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for high quality and classic styling. In addition to apparel bearing the Oxford Golf trademark, Oxford Golf also sources some private label products for certain customers. Our Oxford Golf products are designed by a team located in New York and are primarily acquired on a package purchase, finished goods basis from third party producers outside of the United States. Oxford Golf seeks to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and at-once ordering. Oxford Golf maintains an apparel sales office in New York, while employingemploys a sales force consisting primarily of commissioned sales agents. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center receives finished goods from suppliers, inspects those products and ships the products to customers forof our Oxford Golf business.

business and to customers and retail stores of our Ben Sherman United States business while also performing certain warehouse and distribution services for third parties.

Discontinued Operations
References to results of operations, assets or liabilities related to discontinued operations within this report refer to the operations, assets or liabilities associated with our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which were sold on January 3, 2011. Our former Oxford Apparel operating group sold certain private label and branded apparel to a variety of customers. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in this report reflect continuing operations and do not include any amounts related to the discontinued operations.
ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of our brands, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing our brands. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, we spent approximately $23.7$32.3 million on advertising, marketing and promoting our products. For each of our lifestyle brands, we incurred advertising, marketing and promotions expenses of approximately 2%3% to 5%6% of net sales of the respective lifestyle brand during fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. Each of our operating groups manages the advertising, marketing and promotion of its brands. While the advertising of our lifestyle brands promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that the advertising will engage individuals within the brand's distinct consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or


Table of Contents

wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of our lifestyle brands continues to include traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and tradeshowtrade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of our marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that we communicate regularly with our consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen our brands' connections with our consumers.

We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the retail experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional media and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.

For certain of our wholesale customers we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

TRADEMARKS

As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We continue to expand our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Our significant trademarks are discussed within each operating group description. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

PRODUCT SOURCING

We intend to maintain a flexible, diversified, cost-effective manufacturing basesourcing operations that providesprovide high-quality branded products. Each of ourOur operating groups, either internally or through the use of third-party buying agents, source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third-party producers located in foreign countries.countries or from our licensees for licensed products sold in our direct to consumer distribution channels. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, we sourced approximately 70%62% of our products from producers located in China.China, with less than 10% of our products sourced from each other single country. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers and have used many of

20

Table of Contents

our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria while also utilizing the expertise of the manufacturers. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, no individual third-party manufacturer supplied more than 10% of our product purchases.

We purchase substantially all of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products from our third-party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with our oversight and to our design and fabric specifications. For package purchases, we regularlyWe depend upon


Table of Contents

the ability of third-party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials specified by us, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity rather than us providing or financing the costs of these items. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our focus on acquiringproducts as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we generally are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third-party producers.

        For our Lanier Clothes operating group, we acquired the majority of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2011 on a package purchase basis from third-party producers. The remainder of the inventory purchases from third parties were primarily on a CMT basis, which we consider to be purchases whereby we supply the fabric and purchase cut, sew and finish labor (or "cut, make, trim") from our third-party producers. As the ability and willingness of third-party tailored clothing apparel manufacturers to finance raw materials purchases continues to increase along with other changes in sourcing practices for tailored clothing, we anticipate that Lanier Clothes will continue to increase the percentage of goods acquired as package purchases of finished goods rather than CMT purchases. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Clothes also operates our only owned manufacturing facility, which is located in Merida, Mexico and produced approximately 18% of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

As the manufacture and transportation of apparel products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers' stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customer. WhileAs our merchandising departments can anticipatemust estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to and purchased by us prior to the receipt of customer orders in some cases. Ifcases, we overestimatecarry the demand for a particular product forrisk that we have purchased more inventory than we will need.
As part of our retail stores or our wholesale customers, we could be faced with substantial excess inventory; however, we believe excess purchases can generally be distributed in our outlet stores, as applicable, or through secondary wholesale distribution channels. Generally, we attemptcommitment to limit our purchases in excess of orders received from customers, but as a result inventory available for in-season replenishment requests by our customers may not be available for certain seasonal products.

        We are committed to sourcingsource our products in a lawful and responsible manner. As part of this commitment,manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors that we purchase goods from, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business ethics, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct.conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors' compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through assessmentsaudits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. This assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by the applicable code of conduct,our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we generally will discontinue use of the vendor.

IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations. Almost all of our merchandise is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, we sourced approximately 70%62% of our products acquired from producers located in China. Our imported products are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products. From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we become subject to claims by the


Table of Contents

United States Customs Service and similar government authorities in other countries for duties and related fees.

Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product.product and represent a material portion of the cost of the goods we sell. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment and its fiber content. During fiscal 2011, cotton products represented approximately one-half of our total imported productscontent and were subject to an average duty rate of approximately 17%, while silk and linen products represented approximately 20% of our total imported products and were subject to an average duty rate of approximately 2%. Duty rates are subject to change in future periods.

        Quotas on apparel and textiles among In addition, while the World Trade Organization's member nations werehave eliminated effective January 1, 2008 and resulted in the continued shift of sourcing and manufacturing from the Western hemisphere to Asia. Although China's accession agreement for membership in the WTO resulted in the elimination of quotas on Chinese-made textileapparel and apparel products into WTO countries,textiles, the United States and European countries into which we import our products are still allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to a particular product being imported (from China or other countries) in such increased quantities asthreats to cause, or threaten to cause, serious damage to thetheir comparable domestic industry. In addition, "countervailing" duties are other duties which can be imposed by the United States in cases where it finds that subsidies are being provided by a foreign government to its manufacturers and where this subsidized merchandise causes or threatens to cause damage to the comparable domestic U.S. industry. Additionally, there have been some recent legislative proposals which, if adopted, would treat manipulation by China of the value of its currency as actionable under the anti-dumping or countervailing duty laws. If the United States or the United Kingdom were to impose anti-dumping or countervailing duties on products that we import in the future, it would increase the cost of those products to us and we may not be able to pass on any such cost increases to our customers.

        In January 2010, the United States Customs Service began enforcement of a regulation requiring importer security filings. The regulation requires us to submit additional cargo details before the cargo is loaded onto an ocean vessel bound for the United States. We could become subject to penalties and/or delays in obtaining our products from the United States Customs Service if we fail to comply with these existing or future regulations. Similar customs import regulations went into effect on January 1, 2011 in the European Union, where a significant majority of Ben Sherman's net sales are generated.

industries.

In addition, apparel and other products sold by us are subject to increasingly stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations, including the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, California Proposition 65 and those adopted by the Federal Trade Commission.regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, and certification of product safety.safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations which could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on our business or results of operations.

Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business in desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products from China and other countries.

products.


21

Table of Contents

Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.


Table of Contents

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES

We believe that sophisticated information systems are an important component of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses. Our management information systems wereare designed and enhanced to provide effective retail store, e-commerce and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, accounting and other functions. In our retail stores weWe use point-of-sale registers that capture sales data, track inventories and monitor traffic and other information forin our retail stores. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our management information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is important to our operations and financial condition.

SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

        Our

Each of our operating groups areis impacted by seasonality.seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details of the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, and consolidated operating results, see Note 1the business discussion of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

ORDER BACKLOG

        As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, we had booked orders for our wholesale businesses totaling $216.2 million and $165.1 million, respectively, substantially all of which we expect will be or were shipped within six months after each such date. Once we receive a specific purchase order, the dollar value of such order is included in our booked orders. A portion of our business, particularly in our Lanier Clothes operating group consistsabove. The following table presents our percentage of at-once EDI "Quick Response" programs with large retailers. Replenishmentnet sales and operating income by quarter for Fiscal 2013:

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Net sales26%26%21%27%
Operating income31%33%5%31%
We anticipate that as our retail store operations increase in the future, the third quarter will continue to be our smallest net sales and operating income quarter and the percentage of the full year net sales and operating income generated in the third quarter will continue to decrease, absent any other factors that might impact seasonality. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, under these programs generally have such an abbreviated order life that they are excludedweather or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the order backlog completely. Wenext, we do not believe that thisnet sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2013 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
ORDER BACKLOG
As 59% of our sales are direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog, and the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods as the timing of wholesale customer orders, and thereforeperiods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog can be impacted byis not material for an understanding of our business taken as a variety of factors. Additionally, direct to consumer sales are never reflected in our booked orderswhole. Further, as those sales are dependent upon future consumer purchases. As our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the amount of our booked orders mayorder backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we employed approximately 4,4005,100 persons, of whom approximately 75%80% were employed in the United States. Approximately 60%65% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Internet address is www.oxfordinc.com.oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.


Table of Contents


Item 1A.    Risk Factors

The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only

22


risks and uncertainties we face. We operate in a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impact us.

adversely affect our business.


We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names and our ability to offer innovative and market appropriate products that respond to rapidly changing fashion trends; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands, to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products and/or to appropriately respond to competitive factors within our industry could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.


We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of our brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.

The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others, including marketing partners, who have interests in the brands, including by failing to respond to emerging fashion trends, by selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands, or by becoming overly promotional. We cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.

During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, Tommy Bahama'sBahama’s net sales represented approximately 60%64% of our consolidated net sales, while Lilly Pulitzer'sPulitzer’s and Ben Sherman'sSherman’s net sales represented approximately 12%15% and 12%7%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The limited diversification in our portfolio may heighten the risks we face if one of our brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by any actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry.

For example, Ben Sherman’s missteps in merchandise mix in the second half of Fiscal 2012, among other factors, resulted in significant operating losses in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 for Ben Sherman, which materially impacted our consolidated operating results.


Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry in general, and to a heightened degree in recent years due to the emergence of social media tools, is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands, particularly for our lifestyle branded Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products. Accordingly, we must anticipate, identify and capitalize upon emerging fashion trends. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumers'consumers’ preferences, fashion trends and changes in consumer demographics. As is typical with new products, market acceptance of new price points and designs is subject to uncertainty. The introduction or repositioning of new lines and products and the entry of our products into new geographic territories often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the products are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop appealing products and update coremarket appealing products could result in lower sales and operating losses and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our brands.

Additionally, since we generally make decisions regarding product designs several months in advance of the time when consumer acceptance can be measured, such a failure could leave us withresult in a substantial amount of unsold excess inventory or other conditions, which we may be forcedcould have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and impair the reputation of our brands. For example, the merchandise mix missteps in Ben Sherman during the second half of Fiscal 2012 resulted in higher promotions in our direct to sell at lower price points.

consumer operations, more off-price sales and more significant inventory markdowns during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013.


The highly competitive apparel industry, characterized by low entry barriers, includes numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom may also be our customers and some of whom are significantly larger, more diversified and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. The level and nature of our competition varies, and the number of our direct competitors and the intensity of competition may increase as we expand into other markets or product lines or as other companies expand into our markets or product lines. Certain of our competitors offer apparel for sale at lower initial price points than our products and/or at significant discounts, particularly in response to weak economic conditions, which


Table of Contents

results in more pressure to reduce prices or the risk that our products may not be as desirable as lower priced products. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.


We also license certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, to third party licensees. While we enter into comprehensive license agreements with these third parties covering product design, product quality, sourcing, distribution, manufacturing and marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.



23


In addition, the reputation of our brands could be harmed if our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet ourappropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards, including the terms of our applicable codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. We cannot assure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct or local laws relating to labor conditions by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affectingaffect our business operations.


The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic conditions, and a deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or consumer purchases of discretionary products may adversely affect our business and financial condition.


Consumers may generally consider our products discretionary items. The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Demand for our products is significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending, which may be influenced by employment levels, recessions, fuel and energy costs, availability of personal credit, interest rates, tax rates and changes in tax laws, declining purchasing power due to foreign currency fluctuations, personal debt levels, housing prices, stock market volatility, general political conditions and other factors. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy.

        Starting in 2008 and continuing through 2009, the economies of the United States, United Kingdom and other parts of the world weakened as a result of the global economic crisis. We saw modest improvement in economic conditions in the United States during fiscal 2010 and through fiscal 2011. However, the European sovereign debt crisis and its impact on global financial systems continues to result in volatility in the European markets, and unstable political conditions in the Middle East and some other parts of the world have created significant global economic and political uncertainties, which could have an adverse impact on consumer demand for our products and also result in disruptions to sourcing of our products from foreign markets. There are no assurances that the United States or global economy will recover in the near future or that recessionary conditions will not return to these markets, and any Any deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or discretionary consumer spending, as was seen globally in recent years or otherwise, could reduce our sales increaseand/or adversely affect our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our current business practices.

and financial condition.


Additionally, significant changes in the operations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.


Table of Contents

Changes in international trade regulation and risks relating to the importation of our products may cause our products to become less competitive, disrupt our supply chain and/or adversely affect our operations.

        As we source substantially all of our products from foreign countries, including making approximately 70% of our product purchases from China during fiscal 2011, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate.

        Some of the risks associated with importing our products from foreign countries include quotas imposed by countries in which our products are manufactured or countries into which our products are imported, which limit the amount and type of goods that may be imported annually from or into these countries; changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries.

        Our, or any of our suppliers', failure to comply with customs or similar laws or any other applicable regulations could restrict our ability to import products or lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity, and future regulatory actions or trade agreements may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or materially increase our costs.

We rely to a large extent on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producers to meet our requirements, or the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, disrupt our supply chain or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.


We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries.countries, including sourcing approximately 62% of our product purchases from China during Fiscal 2013. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend upon the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.


In addition, due to our sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We may not be able to offset any disruption to our supply chain as a result of any of these factors by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us.

Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer'scustomer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.



24


We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few major customers. During fiscal 2011, sales to our five largest customers, accounted for approximately 40%and over the last several years, there has been a trend towards greater consolidation in the retail industry, centralized purchasing decisions within consolidated customer groups, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers and direct sourcing of our consolidated wholesale sales and sales to our largest wholesale customer represented approximately 14% of our consolidated wholesale sales.products by large retailers. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers'customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, as a result of further consolidation in the retail industry or otherwise, could


Table of Contents

result in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.


We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our major wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, whether for brand protection or enhancement or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.


In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines. These commitments can be made up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or to dispose of excess inventories.


We also extend credit to severalmost of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At February 1, 2014, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $26 million, or 35% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may continue to experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability on a comparable store basis. A significant adverse change in a customer'scustomer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer'scustomer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer.


In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interact with their consumers and facilitate transactions, and our ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through brick and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow our customers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper customer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source sufficient levels of inventory, hire and train qualified associates, and anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our customers’ shopping preferences.

In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, mobile phones, tablets and other devices, facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more effective use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional brick and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and brick and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing for online and traditional brick and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.

The continuing shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure in order to remain competitive; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our brick and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures

25


on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for website content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in retail consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, includingin particular at one of our principal distribution facilities, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, and meet the needs of our management.


The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations, from design to distribution and as a method of communication with our customers and suppliers. Additionally, certaineach of our operating groups utilizeutilizes e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our systems and e-commerce websites.


We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our business, and are in the process of upgrading certain ofincluding an ongoing transition towards more integrated systems for our businesses' systems to an integrated financial system.businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation or subsequent operation of this implementationfinancial system and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.


We may additionally have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia for our Lanier Clothes products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United States. In addition, in the United Kingdom, we utilize a third party distribution center that manages substantially all of the distribution activities for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and Europe. Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our primarythese brand-focused distribution facilities, someeach of which are ownedmanages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and othersdistribution of which are operated by third parties. Finished garments fromfinished goods for one of our contractors are inspected and stored at these distribution facilities. operating groups.

If any of theseour primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our


Table of Contents

distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, or if the goods in thea distribution center were otherwise unavailable for shipment, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our productsproducts. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during the time it takesperiods of economic weakness. Any disruption to reopenour distribution facilities or replace the facility or to restore the technological capabilities of the facility. Thisin their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility.

        As an ongoing part of our business operations, including marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern. Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, our reputation and credibility could be damaged and we could experience lost sales. In addition, privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes, or our failure with these laws and regulations could lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

        In the United States, we are subject to increasingly stringent and complex standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, consumer protection, taxation, logistics and similar operational issues. These laws and regulations include among others the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 and California Proposition 65, particularly given the concentration of our retail stores in the State of California, as well as a wide range of state and local laws and regulations governing employment, safety and other matters that impact our retail and restaurant operations. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may open retail stores in the future, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will be in the future compliant with all applicable laws and regulations.

        We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business.

        In addition, the restaurant industry is highly competitive and requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.


Table of Contents

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.


Over the last several years, we have announced various changes to our senior management, including the retirement of our long-time Chief Executive Officer Mr. J. Hicks Lanier from that position at the end of 2012 and promotions within senior management at Ben Sherman in 2013. Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries. industries, with our Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Changes in key management positions have inherent risks, and there are no assurances that any of our recent changes in management will not disrupt our business or operations, distract employees and/or affect our strategic relationships.


26


Our success also depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including the members of our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies whichthat may have greater financial resources. resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, if we lose any key executives, our business and financial performance could be harmed.

In addition, we will need to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within our organization. This may include situations in which individuals join our company as a result of acquisitions that we make and may be more familiar with certain of the operational aspects of acquired businesses than other members of our management, such as our employment of the pre-acquisition principals of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations to lead our Lilly Pulitzer Group. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could negatively affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.


Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.

As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information. The acquisitionregulatory environment governing our use of new businessesindividually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern. Consumer awareness and sensitivity to privacy breaches and cybersecurity threats has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains onheightened recently, and, despite our management team, unexpected acquisition costs, and, in some instances, contingent payments.

        From time to time, we acquire new businessesimplementation of security measures, if an actual or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations.

        Asperceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of acquisitions,cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, our reputation and credibility could be damaged and we could experience lost sales. In the event of a breach, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed also incur significant costs in connection with litigation and/or were unablethe implementation of additional security measures to discovercomply with state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, as well as in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditionenhancing cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and results of operations.

protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants.


In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consumingprivacy and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challengesinformation security laws and adverse consequences associatedrequirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

        In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the selling shareholders thatpayment card industry, may require us to pay up to an aggregate of $20 million in performance-based contingent payments over a period ending in 2015. Although we are only requiredmodify our operations and/or incur costs to make these payments if the acquired business is successful, the contingent payments are payable based on that business achieving earnings targets. As of January 28, 2012, the selling shareholders had earned $2.5 million in contingent consideration payments under this agreement based on our Lilly Pulitzer Group's financial results during fiscal 2011. If Lilly Pulitzer is successful but the rest of our business is not successful, we may have difficulty making the contingent payments. The principal shareholders from whom we acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brandnecessary systems changes and operations,


Table of Contents

are key members of management of our Lilly Pulitzer Group. It is possible that their interests with respect to the contingent payments will differ from our interests or those of our shareholders.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, and anyimplement new administrative processes. Our failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

        One component of our business strategy is to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, such as our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in December 2010. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups. Successful growth of our business through organic growth and/or acquisitions is subject to, among other things, the ability of our management to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses and our ability to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future. We may not be successful in this regard, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

        Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in acquisitions and working capital and divestitures. As of January 28, 2012, we had $105 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, no borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $2.6 million in borrowings outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our debt levels may increase in the future under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements in the future may change.

        Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations related to additional debt, dividend payments, investments and dispositions of assets. Our ability to satisfycomply with these obligations will be dependent upon our business, financial condition and operating results, and obligations and limitations under future financing arrangements may be more onerous than those currently in effect. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.

        In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our working capital needs and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. We have not historically engaged in hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk, and an increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

        Although we believe we may have an opportunity to reduce our interest expense for future periods by redeeming our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, there are no assurances that financing opportunities on terms that are satisfactory will be available to us in order to redeem these notes. Our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable, at our option, beginning on July 15, 2012, on not less than 30 nor more


Table of Contents

than 60 days' prior notice at 105.688% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, which redemption price will decrease in subsequent years. In particular, continued instability in global financial markets may limit our access to credit or capital markets at appropriate times or on acceptable terms. Restricted access to financing opportunities may also make it difficult for us to replace our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which together with cash from operations provides us with access to funds for working capital purposes, when it matures in August 2013 on terms that are desirable.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

        Most of the products we purchase from third party producers are package purchases, which means that we purchase the finished goods manufactured to our design and fabric specifications from third party producers whom we rely on to secure the fabric and raw materials. We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. The cost and availability of raw materials and materials used in the manufacturing process for our products may be further impacted by legislationlaws and regulations, associated with global climate change. During fiscal 2011, we saw a sustained increase in the costs of raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of rising demand from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contractsor similar security standards, could lead to hedge commodity prices. We are also dependent on the availability of raw materials for our suppliers. Our suppliers may experience shortages of raw materials, which could also result in delays in deliveries of our products.

        During fiscal 2011, we saw increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly in China which experienced labor shortages in certain areas, as the value of the U.S. dollar declined, as well as in freight costs, resulting from increased oil prices and unrest in the Middle East. We believe that these cost pressures may not be alleviated in the near future and could increase.

        Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, any significantfines, penalties or sustained increase in the price of raw materials, labor and/or freight or other variable costs associated with our sourcing of products may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers.

Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.

        Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores, Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores. As of January 28, 2012, 43 out of our 96 Tommy Bahama retail stores were located in California and Florida, five out of our 16 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores were located in Florida and 10 out of our 16 owned Ben Sherman retail stores were located in the United Kingdom. Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.

adverse publicity.

Table of Contents

We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.

        An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were approximately 43% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2011. We expect to increase the number of our retail stores and restaurants during fiscal 2012 and in future years, including opening Tommy Bahama retail stores in geographic territories where we have not previously operated Tommy Bahama retail stores.

        Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate retail locations, the overall ability of the retail location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, and our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, if existing retail stores and restaurants do not maintain a sufficient customer base that provides a reasonable sales volume, it could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.

        In addition, continued consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries may further concentrate our base of retail store locations to a small number of third party landlords and reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby materially adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.

We anticipate expanding our operations internationally in fiscal 2012, including opening new Tommy Bahama retail stores in various jurisdictions in Asia, and these efforts may not be successful.

        We currently operate Ben Sherman retail stores in the United Kingdom and various jurisdictions in Europe. In addition, Ben Sherman products can be found throughout Europe, as well as globally. We anticipate opening Tommy Bahama retail stores in Asia, including Macau and Singapore in fiscal 2012 and a Tommy Bahama island in Tokyo in fiscal 2013. We continue to look for additional locations for retail stores in Asia, including locations in China and Hong Kong, as we proceed with our Tommy Bahama international expansion.

        Expanding our operations internationally requires significant capital investment and long-term commitments, and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including, understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes, including understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products; establishing appropriate logistics functions and operational infrastructure; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in exchange rates; the absence of intellectual property protection; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; local regulations relating to employment and retail and restaurant operations; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international expansion efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our Internet operations subject us to risks that could adversely affect our results and operations.

        Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through their ecommerce websites and communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. These operations subject us to numerous risks that could adversely


Table of Contents

affect our results and operations, including diversion of sales from our brick-and-mortar retail stores; failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores; reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for website content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

        We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.


We believe that our registered and common law trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as othercertain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. Approximately 88%In Fiscal 2013, 89% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2011 were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.


From time to time, we discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products or that otherwise infringe on our proprietary rights. These activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, especially in markets outside the United States. Counterfeiting of our brands could divert away sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. Although we have not been materially inhibited from selling products in connection with trademark disputes, asAs we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our distribution and marketing, including internationally, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our management and other resources.


Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs,

27


logistics and similar operational issues. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will be in the future compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity.

In addition, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.

Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

Additionally, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, including final rules recently adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act requiring the disclosure of certain uses of “conflict minerals” in products we sell. Compliance with these regulations requires us to devote time and management resources to institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we operate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.

Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including among others a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years, changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties, the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions, and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. In recent years, we have from time to time seen increases in the costs of certain raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of rising demand from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices.

In addition, we have recently seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly with the growth of the middle class in certain countries, as well as in freight costs, resulting from increased oil prices. We believe that these cost pressures may not be alleviated in the near future and could further increase.

Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers, particularly in our Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman operating groups.


28


We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One component of our business strategy is to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups. Successful growth of our business through organic growth and/or acquisitions is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses and to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future. We may not be successful in this regard, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Continued challenges with implementing our long-term strategic plans at Ben Sherman could continue to have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The Ben Sherman brand continues to face challenges due to the recent sluggish economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe and missteps in the merchandise mix in our own retail stores during Fiscal 2012. Ben Sherman’s recent results have been exacerbated by a number of related factors, including operational and product assortment issues relating to inventory management, control of expenses, buying and merchandising decisions, pricing decisions and underperformance of retail stores. While we believe that Ben Sherman will have growth opportunities in the long-term if our cost-cutting initiatives at Ben Sherman are effective and the economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe continue to improve, there can be no assurances that our actions will be successful. Continued operational or product issues could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 47% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2013, and we expect to increase the number of our retail stores during Fiscal 2014 and in future years. Most of our retail stores and restaurants are located in shopping malls and lifestyle centers that benefit from the ability of “anchor” retail tenants, generally large department stores, and other area attractions and businesses, to generate sufficient levels of consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and restaurants.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate retail locations, the overall ability of the retail location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, and our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel. We compete with other retailers for these favorable store locations, lease terms and desired personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, any decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, whether because of general economic conditions, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.

    Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments for which we also incur substantial fixed costs for each location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.

In addition, our retail store and restaurant leases generally grant the third party landlord with discretion on a number of operational matters, such as store hours and construction of our improvements. Recent consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries may further reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby materially adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.

In recent years, we opened new Tommy Bahama retail stores in various jurisdictions in Asia and also began operating stores in Australia and Canada, and we anticipate continuing to expand our Tommy Bahama international operations in the future; these efforts may not be successful.

29



During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, we opened six Tommy Bahama retail stores in Asia, which was our initial entry directly operating in these Asian markets, and acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, including existing retail stores, from our former licensees. We continue to look for additional locations for retail stores in the Asia-Pacific markets. The continued development of our Tommy Bahama international infrastructure and related store openings has had, and will continue to have, a negative impact on our operating results until we are able to generate sufficient sales in those operations to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs.

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international retail store operations in the Asia-Pacific region, and expanding our operations into these territories requires significant capital investment and long-term commitments, and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate logistics functions and operational infrastructure; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; local regulations relating to employment and retail and restaurant operations; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international expansion efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores (45 out of 120 domestic stores in these states as of February 1, 2014), Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores (six out of 23 stores as of February 1, 2014), and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores (9 out of 17 stores as of February 1, 2014). Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.


As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact


Table of Contents

our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers that produce our products by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.


We received U.S. dollars for approximatelymore than 90% of our product sales during fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. As we increase our operations in foreign markets, the volume of our sales denominated in foreign currencies would be expected to increase. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases costs, and the products are sold in another currency, but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.


30



Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.

From time to time, we acquire new businesses or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. For example during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, we acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, respectively, from our former licensees. As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

We hold licenses for the use of other parties'parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar, to market some of our products. ApproximatelyDuring Fiscal 2013, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 7% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2011 related to the products for whichand 57% of our Lanier Clothes net sales. When we license the use of the trademark for specific product categories. Theseenter into these license and design agreements, will expire at various dates inthey generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements often include options that we may exercise to extend the future. Weterm of the contract but, when available, those option rights are subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability, or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other populardesirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license and in certain cases could result in an impairment charge for related intangible assets.


Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.

In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products

31

Table of Contents

and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.


We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs. As of February 1, 2014, we had $137.6 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $4.0 million in borrowings outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, including the amount we may generally invest in, or use to support, our foreign operations, sell assets, make acquisitions, merge with other companies, or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Although from time to time we may enter into hedging arrangements to limit our exposure to interest rate risk, an increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

The continued growth of our business, including the completion of potentially desirable acquisitions, also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We typically rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of February 1, 2014, we had $92.6 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our operations and existing credit facilities, we may need to seek additional funding. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions, and the terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.

Our operations are influencedmay be affected by changes in weather patterns, and natural or man-made disasters.

disasters, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.


Our sales volume and operations may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, or natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, the concentration of our sourcing operations in China and the concentration of our distribution operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.


Table of Contents

Divestitures of certain businesses or discontinuations of certain product lines may require us to find alternative uses for our resources.

        From time to time, we may decide to divest or discontinue certain operations, as we did in fiscal 2010 with the sale of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group and as we did during the preceding years with the restructuring of our operations at certain of our operating groups. Divestitures of certain businesses that do not align with our strategy or the discontinuation of certain product lines which may not provide the returns that we expect or desire may result in underutilization of our resources in the event that the operations are not replaced with new lines of business either internally or through acquisition. There can be no guarantee that if we divest certain businesses or discontinue certain product lines that we will be able to replace the sales and profits related to these businesses or appropriately utilize our remaining resources, which may result in a decline in our operating results and/or result in an inappropriate capitalization of our organization.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.    Properties

We lease and own space for our retail stores, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities and sales/administration office space and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations.


32

Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for retail space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes insurance and other operating expensesinsurance applicable to the property, plus a contingent rent based on a percentage of the store's net sales in excess of a specific threshold. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequentlymay have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Periodically, we assess the operating results of each of our retail stores and restaurants to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain stores that do not continue to meet our investment criteria, not renew certain leases, exercise an early termination option, or otherwise negotiate an early termination. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our retail leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. We also believe that there are adequateabundant retail spaces available for the continued expansion of our retail store footprint in the near future.

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, our retail and restaurant operations utilized approximately 0.60.8 million square feet of leased retail and restaurant space in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Asia and Europe. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 16,00020,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman retail stores are operated by the respective management of each operating group. The table below reflectsgroup, and greater detail about the changesretail space used by each operating group is included in store count, including

Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.

TableAs of Contents

collectively the full price stores, restaurant-retail locations and outlet stores during fiscal 2011, and stores remodeled or relocated during fiscal 2011, for each of our operating groups:

 
 Tommy
Bahama
 Lilly
Pulitzer
 Ben
Sherman
 Total 

Stores open as of beginning of fiscal year

  89  16  15  120 

Stores opened during fiscal year

  8    3  11 

Stores closed during fiscal year

  1    2  3 
          

Stores open as of end of fiscal year

  96  16  16  128 
          

Square feet for stores open as of end of fiscal year

  490,000  53,000  40,000    

        WeFebruary 1, 2014, we also utilizeutilized approximately 1.21.0 million square feet of owned distribution and manufacturing facilities in the United States and Mexico and approximately 0.50.4 million square feet of leased and owned administrative and sales space in various locations, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, China and Hong Kong. In addition to our owned distribution facilities, we may utilize certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our retail, wholesale and e-commerce operations. Details of ourthe principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

Location
 Primary Use Operating Group Square
Footage
 Lease
Expiration
Primary UseOperating Group
Square
Footage
Lease
Expiration

Seattle, Washington

 Sales/administration 

Tommy Bahama

  80,000 2015Sales/administrationTommy Bahama80,000
2015

Auburn, Washington

 Distribution center 

Tommy Bahama

  260,000 2015Distribution centerTommy Bahama260,000
2015

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 Sales/administration 

Lilly Pulitzer

  40,000 OwnedSales/administrationLilly Pulitzer40,000
Owned

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 Distribution center 

Lilly Pulitzer

  65,000 OwnedDistribution centerLilly Pulitzer65,000
Owned
Toccoa, GeorgiaDistribution centerLanier Clothes310,000
Owned
Merida, MexicoManufacturing plantLanier Clothes80,000
Owned

London, England

 Sales/administration 

Ben Sherman

  20,000 2013Sales/administrationBen Sherman20,000
2024

Lurgan, Northern Ireland

 Sales/administration 

Ben Sherman

  10,000 OwnedSales/administrationBen Sherman10,000
Owned

Toccoa, Georgia

 Distribution center 

Lanier Clothes

  310,000 Owned

Merida, Mexico

 Manufacturing plant 

Lanier Clothes

  80,000 Owned

Atlanta, Georgia

 Sales/administration 

Corporate and Other and Lanier Clothes

  70,000 OwnedSales/administrationCorporate and Other and Lanier Clothes30,000
2023

Lyons, Georgia

 Sales/administration 

Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman

  90,000 OwnedSales/administrationCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman90,000
Owned

Lyons, Georgia

 Distribution center 

Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman

  330,000 OwnedDistribution centerCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman330,000
Owned

New York, New York

 Sales/administration 

Various

  35,000 VariousSales/administrationVarious40,000
Various

Hong Kong

 Sales/administration 

Various

  30,000 VariousSales/administrationVarious20,000
Various

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to litigation or regulatory actions, or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities, that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.



33


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Dividend Information

Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 16, 2012,14, 2014, there were 339279 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our Board of Directors for each quarter.


 High Low Close Dividends

Fiscal 2011

 
HighLowCloseDividends
Fiscal 2013 

Fourth Quarter

 $49.69 $33.61 $49.24 $0.13$82.16
$69.62
$75.47
$0.18

Third Quarter

 $41.20 $29.81 $39.70 $0.13$72.25
$61.10
$69.84
$0.18

Second Quarter

 $39.59 $30.05 $39.18 $0.13$69.09
$57.86
$68.20
$0.18

First Quarter

 $35.66 $22.48 $34.35 $0.13$60.71
$42.19
$60.61
$0.18

Fiscal 2010

 
Fiscal 2012 

Fourth Quarter

 $29.50 $21.50 $23.86 $0.11$57.97
$43.69
$49.61
$0.15

Third Quarter

 $24.66 $19.23 $23.03 $0.11$59.36
$41.09
$53.90
$0.15

Second Quarter

 $24.50 $15.00 $22.40 $0.11$50.44
$39.12
$44.24
$0.15

First Quarter

 $23.71 $16.05 $21.59 $0.11$52.64
$43.87
$49.44
$0.15

On March 26, 2012,25, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.15$0.21 per share payable on April 27, 2012May 2, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 13, 2012.17, 2014. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.

For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases

We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the exercise of stock


Table of Contents

options or the vesting of previously restricted shares. We did not repurchase any of our common shares pursuant to these plans during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.

        During fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013.

In Fiscal 2012, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend certain amountsup to $50 million to repurchase shares of our common stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our common stock and/or 113/8% Senior Secured Notes. We repurchased in a privately negotiated transaction $40.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes in May 2011 and an additional $5.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes in August 2011.has no automatic expiration. As of January 28, 2012, we were still authorized by our Board of Directors to spend up to a remaining $44.4 million to repurchaseFebruary 1, 2014, no shares of our common stock and/or 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, which has no automatic expiration.

had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans


34

Table of Contents

The information required by this Item 5 of Part II will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, and eight months, beginning June 2, 2006January 31, 2009 and ending January 28, 2012February 1, 2014, of:

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and


The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

 INDEXED RETURNS

  
 INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ended
 BaseYears Ending

 Base
Period
6/2/06
 Period 
Company / Index
 6/1/07 2/2/08 1/31/09 1/30/10 1/29/11 1/28/12 1/31/091/30/101/29/111/28/122/02/132/01/14

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 100 111.67 57.03 17.35 47.81 65.15 136.35 
Oxford Industries, Inc.100275.54375.47785.80801.731232.91

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 100 115.79 101.13 62.41 86.74 112.82 122.90 100138.97180.75196.91228.46290.21

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 100 143.61 97.36 49.98 94.44 129.76 185.29 100188.96259.62370.73344.55399.86

Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the results of operations for Lilly Pulitzer subsequent to its acquisition date of December 21, 2010 and (2) the divestiture of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operations in fiscalFiscal 2010, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. On October 8, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective with our fiscal year which commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year ends at the end of the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Accordingly, there was a transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008 for which we filed a transition report on Form 10-KT for that period.


35

 
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 Fiscal
2008
 Eight-month
Transition
Period Ended
February 2,
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 
 
 (In millions, except per share amounts)
 

Net sales

 $758.9 $603.9 $585.3 $699.1 $501.5 $799.5 

Cost of goods sold

  345.9  276.5  294.5  363.5  263.8  422.2 
              

Gross profit

  413.0  327.4  290.8  335.6  237.7  377.4 

SG&A

  358.6  302.0  283.7  328.1  221.6  316.9 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

  2.4  0.2         

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

        307.5     

Royalties and other operating income

  16.8  15.4  11.8  15.7  11.3  12.8 
              

Operating income (loss)

  68.8  40.7  18.9  (284.4) 27.4  73.2 

(Loss) gain on repurchase of senior notes

  (9.0)   (1.8) 7.8     

Interest expense, net

  16.3  19.9  18.7  21.3  13.8  20.9 
              

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  43.5  20.8  (1.6) (298.0) 13.6  52.3 

Income taxes (benefit)

  14.3  4.5  (2.9) (19.8) 1.9  16.3 
              

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations

  29.2  16.2  1.4  (278.1) 11.7  36.0 

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  0.1  62.4  13.2  6.6  8.5  15.5 
              

Net earnings (loss)

 $29.4 $78.7 $14.6  (271.5) 20.2 $51.6 
              

Diluted net earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share

 $1.77 $0.98 $0.09 $(17.42)$0.67 $2.01 

Diluted net earnings from discontinued operations per common share

 $0.01 $3.77 $0.81 $0.42 $0.49 $0.87 
              

Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share

 $1.78 $4.75 $0.90 $(17.00)$1.16 $2.88 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

  16.5  16.6  16.3  16.0  17.4  17.9 

Dividends declared

 $8.6 $7.3 $5.9 $11.5 $9.3 $11.7 

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.52 $0.44 $0.36 $0.72 $0.54 $0.66 

Total assets, at period-end

 $509.2 $558.5 $425.2 $467.7 $910.1 $907.6 

Long-term debt, less current maturities, at period-end

 $103.4 $147.1 $146.4 $194.2 $234.4 $199.3 

Shareholders' equity, at period-end

 $204.1 $180.0 $104.4 $87.3 $407.4 $452.9 

Capital expenditures

 $35.3 $13.3 $11.3 $20.0 $21.1 $31.3 

Depreciation and amortization

 $27.2 $19.2 $22.6 $23.8 $16.0 $23.1 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 $1.7 $2.0 $1.6 $2.9 $1.7 $2.5 

Book value per share at period-end

 $12.35 $10.90 $6.34 $5.50 $25.38 $25.38 

Table of Contents


 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011Fiscal 2010Fiscal 2009
 (In millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales$917.1
$855.5
$758.9
$603.9
$585.3
Cost of goods sold403.5
386.0
345.9
276.5
294.5
Gross profit513.6
469.5
413.0
327.4
290.8
SG&A447.6
410.7
358.6
302.0
283.7
Change in fair value of contingent consideration0.3
6.3
2.4
0.2

Royalties and other operating income19.0
16.4
16.8
15.4
11.8
Operating income84.7
69.0
68.8
40.7
18.9
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
(9.1)(9.0)
(1.8)
Interest expense, net4.2
8.9
16.3
19.9
18.7
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes80.5
50.9
43.5
20.8
(1.6)
Income taxes (benefit)35.2
19.6
14.3
4.5
(2.9)
Earnings from continuing operations45.3
31.3
29.2
16.2
1.4
Earnings, including gain on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes

0.1
62.4
13.2
Net earnings$45.3
$31.3
$29.4
$78.7
$14.6
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share$2.75
$1.89
$1.77
$0.98
$0.09
Diluted earnings from discontinued operations per share, including the gain on sale in Fiscal 2010$
$
$0.01
$3.77
$0.81
Diluted net earnings per share$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
$4.75
$0.90
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding16.5
16.6
16.5
16.6
16.3
Dividends declared and paid$11.9
$9.9
$8.6
$7.3
$5.9
Dividends declared and paid per share$0.72
$0.60
$0.52
$0.44
$0.36
Total assets, at period-end$627.3
$556.1
$509.2
$558.5
$425.2
Long-term debt at period-end$137.6
$108.6
$103.4
$147.1
$146.4
Shareholders' equity, at period-end$260.2
$229.8
$204.1
$180.0
$104.4
Net cash provided by operating activities$52.7
$67.1
$44.2
$35.7
$61.0
Capital expenditures$43.4
$60.7
$35.3
$13.3
$11.3
Depreciation and amortization included in earnings from continuing operations$33.9
$26.3
$27.2
$19.2
$22.6
Stock compensation expense included in earnings from continuing operations$1.7
$2.8
$2.2
$4.5
$4.0
LIFO accounting charges included in earnings from continuing operations$
$4.0
$5.8
$3.8
$4.9
Book value per share at period-end$15.85
$13.85
$12.35
$10.90
$6.34
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

OVERVIEW

We generate revenues and cash flow primarily through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. We distribute our products through our direct to consumer channels, including our retail stores, e-commerce websitessites and restaurants, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores, specialty stores, national chains,

36

Table of Contents

specialty catalogs, mass merchants, warehouse clubs and Internet retailers. In fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, more than 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the remaindersales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and Europe.Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama product in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada. We source substantially all of our products through third party manufacturers located outside of the United StatesStates.

Our business strategy is to develop and United Kingdom.

market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with consumers can command greater customer loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business.


We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominatedominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are design,the reputation, value and image of brand image,names; design; consumer preference, price, quality, marketingpreference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our ability to foreseeproficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and to presentpresenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of theirits own competing products some of which may be sourced directly by our customer, in theirits own retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than thethese conditions have on other industries.

        The


We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that beganhave prevailed in fiscal 2008 continuesrecent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although declines in consumer spending in the U.S. have moderated and our product sales have generally increased during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, unemployment levels remain high,some signs of economic improvements exist, the retail environment remains highlyvery promotional and a significant amount of economic uncertainty remains.

        While we We anticipate that sales of our products may continue to be negatively impacted as long as there is an elevated level of economic uncertainty in geographies in which we believe that our operating groupsoperate. Additionally, we have significant opportunities for long-term growth. We believe that each of our lifestyle brands has opportunities for growthbeen impacted in its direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store footprint as well as increases in same store sales. We also believe that our lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in our wholesale businesses primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers.

        Although the challenging economic conditions continue to have an impact on our business and the apparel industry as a whole, and we continue to focus on minimizing inventory markdown risk and promotional pressure, we were slightly more aggressive in our inventory purchases for fiscal 2011 and anticipate continuing to purchase inventory more aggressively in fiscal 2012 if the economic conditions continue to show improvement. The second half of fiscal 2011 was impactedrecent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, particularlywhich continued in Fiscal 2013.


We believe that our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations, and increases in same store and e-commerce sales, with e-commerce likely to grow at a faster rate than retail store operations. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We believe that we must continue to invest in our Ben ShermanTommy Bahama and Lanier Clothes operating groups.Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store build-out and distribution center and technology enhancements as well as increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to provide future net sales growth and support the ongoing business operations. We anticipateexpect that these increased product coststhe investments will continue to impactput downward pressure on our operating results through the first half of fiscal 2012, but may moderatemargins in the second halfnear future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.

We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs, including pants; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, which may negatively impact net sales, operating income and operating margin. The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand has faced challenges in recent years with sales and operating results on a downward trajectory. During Fiscal 2013, we appointed a new CEO and strengthened the management team of fiscal 2012.

the brand, refocused the business on its core consumer, reduced operating expenses and improved the operation of the Ben Sherman retail stores. Much work remains to generate satisfactory financial results in the long-term; however, we believe, as a result of these actions, that Ben Sherman has ample opportunities to increase sales and thereby generate significantly improved operating results in the future.

Table of Contents

We continue to believe that it is important to focus on maintainingmaintain a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity, and weliquidity. We believe that our strong balance sheet and liquidity coupled with positive cash flow from operations coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with ample resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. Further, we believe that we have a significant opportunity beginning on July 15, 2012 to improve our capital structure, when we can redeem our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes at 105.688% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, which redemption price will decrease in subsequent years, which could result in substantial interest savings for us after that date if we can replace these notes with more attractive borrowing alternatives. In the future, we may add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we

37


identify appropriate lifestyle brandstargets which meet our investment criteria; however, we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands even absent any future acquisition.

brands.

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results (in thousands, except per share amounts) for fiscal 2011the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2010:

the 53-week Fiscal 2012 :

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net sales

 $758,913 $603,947 

Operating income

 $68,807 $40,662 
      

Earnings from continuing operations

 $29,243 $16,235 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share

 $1.77 $0.98 
      

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $137 $62,423 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per diluted common share

 $0.01 $3.77 
      

Net earnings

 $29,380 $78,658 

Net earnings per diluted common share

 $1.78 $4.75 
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net sales$917,097
$855,542
Operating income$84,670
$68,971
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
Net earnings per diluted share$2.75
$1.89


The primary reasons for the improvementhigher earnings in earnings from continuing operationsFiscal 2013 were:


Net sales increases in net salesexcess of 10% in both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer operating income primarily driven by the $94.5groups;

Fiscal 2012 including a charge of $9.1 million of net sales related to Lilly Pulitzer,a loss on the repurchase of senior notes, which we acquired on December 21, 2010 and was not included inresulted from our results of operations for a full year in fiscal 2010, and a sales increase in the direct to consumer channel of distribution at Tommy Bahama.

Improved gross margins resulting from a change in sales mix attributable to (1) the inclusionJuly 2012 redemption of the Lilly Pulitzer operations for a full year in fiscal 2011 and (2) the higher proportion of direct to consumer sales in Tommy Bahama in fiscal 2011. These items were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit of (1) the net impact of LIFO accounting charges which were $5.8 million in fiscal 2011 and $3.8 million in fiscal 2010 and (2) gross margin declines in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2011.

Increased royalty income primarily due to the royalty income associated with the Lilly Pulitzer business, as well as increased royalty income in Ben Sherman and Tommy Bahama.

Lower interest expense in fiscal 2011 due to our reduction of debt as a result of our repurchase of $45.0remaining $105 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8%11.375% Senior Secured Notes in fiscal 2011, as described in more detail below in "113/8% ("Senior Secured Notes."

        These items were partially offset by:

    The $9.0 million loss on repurchase of senior secured notes during fiscal 2011 resulting fromNotes") primarily using borrowings under our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes.

    The increase in SG&A, which was primarily due to (1) the inclusion of $40.6 million of SG&A associatedU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, with the Lilly Pulitzer operations during fiscal 2011, (2) the incremental SG&A associated with the costs of operating Tommy Bahama retail stores which opened during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, (3) certain infrastructure and other costs related to the Tommy Bahama

Table of Contents

      international expansion and (4) the net impact of certain retail store asset impairments offset by any associated write-offs of deferred rent credits associated with retail stores that were closed or anticipated to be closed. These increases were partially offset by the death benefit gain of a corporate owned life insurance policy of approximately $1.2 million in fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2010, SG&A was impacted by $3.2 million of restructuring charges in Ben Sherman, $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition and a $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability.

    A $2.4 million charge during fiscal 2011, compared to a $0.2 million charge in fiscal 2010, related to the change in fair value of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations.

        Earnings from discontinued operations reflect the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which we sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The operating results of the discontinued operations reflect substantially all of the normal operating activities of our former Oxford Apparel operating group in the first eleven months of fiscal 2010 as well as the gain on sale in fiscal 2010. However the fiscal 2011 earnings from discontinued operations reflect certain wind-down and transition activities and an adjustment to the gain on sale upon finalization of the working capital adjustment in fiscal 2011. We do not anticipate significant operating income (loss) or cash flows associated with discontinued operations subsequent to fiscal 2011.

113/8% SENIOR SECURED NOTES

        In fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, using cash on hand. The repurchase of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in ano loss on repurchase of senior notes in Fiscal 2013;

A $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of approximately $9.0contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013;

A $4.8 million reduction in fiscal 2011. After completioninterest expense in Fiscal 2013 to $4.2 million primarily due to our borrowing at lower interest rates for the first half of Fiscal 2013 compared to the transactions, $105.0 million aggregate principal amountfirst half of Fiscal 2012 as a result of our 113/8%July 2012 Senior Secured Notes remained outstandingredemption;

A $4.1 million reduction in the LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 as there was no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013;

SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman, primarily due to certain cost savings initiatives, and Corporate and Other, primarily due to lower incentive compensation amounts earned; and

Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on the sale of January 28, 2012. Beginning July 15,property and equipment.

These items were partially offset by:

An increase in SG&A for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer which was primarily due to $30.8 million of incremental SG&A associated with the operation of retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 and other SG&A increases to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses;

A $14.7 million decrease in net sales in Ben Sherman;

Our effective tax rate increasing to 43.7% in Fiscal 2013 compared to 38.5% in Fiscal 2012; although both years reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we are permittedwere not able to redeemrecognize an income tax benefit and the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, atfavorable impact of a decrease in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom, Fiscal 2012 also benefited from certain other favorable discrete items which reduced the effective tax rate; and

$2.1 million of charges in the aggregate incurred in Fiscal 2013 related to an inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our option on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice at 105.688%acquisition of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, which redemption price will decreaseTommy Bahama operations in subsequent years.

Canada in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013.


OPERATING GROUPS

Our business is primarily operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes.Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused


38

Table of Contents

management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and markets collections ofdistributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our owned Tommy Bahama retail stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, www.tommybahama.com,tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States and licensed Tommy Bahama retail stores outside the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories.

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and otherrelated products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women


Table of Contents

who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, www.lillypulitzer.com,lillypulitzer.com, as well as in certainbetter department stores and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London, Arnold Brant and Oxford Republic brands. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, warehouse clubs and discount retailers throughout the United States.
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy "Mod"-inspired shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.

        Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties including Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London and Arnold Brant brands. Billy London is a modern, British-inspired fashion brand geared towards the value-oriented consumer, while Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to blend modern elements of style with affordable luxury. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources certain private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Significant private label brands for which we produce tailored clothing include Lands' End, Stafford, Alfani, Structure, and Kenneth Roberts. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. The operations that are included in Corporate and Other includegroups, including our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which were previously included indoes not correspond to our former Oxford Apparel operating group priordefinitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the disposal of substantially all of the operations and assets of Oxford Apparel on January 3, 2011.

operating groups.

For further information regarding our operating groups, see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and Part I, Item 1, Business, both included in this report.


COMPARABLE STORE SALES
We often disclose comparable store sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable store sales include net sales from full-price stores and our e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that given the similar nature and process of inventory planning, allocation and return policy, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives, for the direct to consumer channel, the inclusion of our e-commerce sites in the comparable store sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable store sales results. For our comparable store sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and amounts related to e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occurs at lower gross margins than our full-price direct to consumer sales and (2) restaurant sales as we do not believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Comparable store sales information, which reflects net sales, includes shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.

39


For purposes of our disclosures, we consider a comparable store to be, in addition to our e-commerce sites, a physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not during the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to, have (1) a remodel resulting in the store being closed for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space, (3) a relocation to a new space that was significantly different from the prior retail space, or (4) a closing or opening of a Tommy Bahama restaurant adjacent to the retail store. For those stores which are excluded from comparable stores based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable store sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation or restaurant closing or opening. Generally, a store that is remodeled will continue to be included in our comparable store metrics as a store is not typically closed for a two week period during a remodel. However, a store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable store metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year as the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Additionally, any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or which we plan to close or vacate in the current fiscal year are excluded from the definition of comparable stores.
Definitions and calculations of comparable store sales differ among companies in the apparel retail industry, and therefore comparable store metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of earnings both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earnings may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as


Table of Contents

classification of certain expenses may vary by company. For purposes of the tables below, "NM" means not meaningful.


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011

Net sales

 $758,913 100.0%$603,947 100.0%$585,306 100.0%$917,097
100.0%$855,542
100.0%$758,913
100.0%

Cost of goods sold

 345,944 45.6% 276,540 45.8% 294,493 50.3%403,523
44.0%385,985
45.1%345,944
45.6%
             

Gross profit

 412,969 54.4% 327,407 54.2% 290,813 49.7%513,574
56.0%469,557
54.9%412,969
54.4%

SG&A

 358,582 47.2% 301,975 50.0% 283,706 48.5%447,645
48.8%410,737
48.0%358,582
47.2%

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 2,400 0.3% 200 0.0%   275
%6,285
0.7%2,400
0.3%

Royalties and other operating income

 16,820 2.2% 15,430 2.6% 11,803 2.0%19,016
2.1%16,436
1.9%16,820
2.2%
             

Operating income

 68,807 9.1% 40,662 6.7% 18,910 3.2%84,670
9.2%68,971
8.1%68,807
9.1%

Interest expense, net

 16,266 2.1% 19,887 3.3% 18,710 3.2%4,169
0.5%8,939
1.0%16,266
2.1%

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 9,017 1.2%   1,759 0.3%
             

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 43,524 5.7% 20,775 3.4% (1,559) (0.3)%

Income taxes (benefit)

 14,281 1.9% 4,540 0.8% (2,945) (0.5)%
             
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
%9,143
1.1%9,017
1.2%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes80,501
8.8%50,889
5.9%43,524
5.7%
Income taxes35,210
3.8%19,572
2.3%14,281
1.9%

Earnings from continuing operations

 29,243 3.9% 16,235 2.7% 1,386 0.2%$45,291
4.9%$31,317
3.7%$29,243
3.9%

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 137 NM 62,423 NM 13,238 NM 
             

Net earnings

 $29,380 NM $78,658 NM $14,624 NM 
             

FISCAL 20112013 COMPARED TO FISCAL 20102012

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operationsearnings for fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013, which included 52 weeks, to fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earnings may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

Net Sales


40

Table of Contents


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Tommy Bahama

 $452,156 $398,510 $53,646 13.5%$584,941
$528,639
$56,302
10.7 %

Lilly Pulitzer

 94,495 5,959 88,536 NM 137,943
122,592
15,351
12.5 %
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
2,258
2.1 %

Ben Sherman

 91,435 86,920 4,515 5.2%67,218
81,922
(14,704)(17.9)%

Lanier Clothes

 108,771 103,733 5,038 4.9%

Corporate and Other

 12,056 8,825 3,231 36.6%17,465
15,117
2,348
15.5 %
         

Total net sales

 $758,913 $603,947 $154,966 25.7%
         
Total$917,097
$855,542
$61,555
7.2 %

Consolidated net sales increased $155.0$61.6 million, or 25.7%7.2%, in fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2010Fiscal 2012 primarily due to the net sales increases at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreased net sales at Ben Sherman, each as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesales sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, as presented below:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores and outlets40%37%
E-commerce12%10%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale41%46%
Total100%100%
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama sales increase of $56.3 million, or 10.7%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $38.0 million associated with North American direct to consumer operations that were not comparable between periods, (2) a $17.5 million, or 7%, increase in comparable store sales to $254.0 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to $236.5 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012, (3) a net sales increase of $7.7 million attributable to the expansion of our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations in the Asia-Pacific region and (4) a $4.1 million increase in North American restaurant sales. The $38.0 million of sales associated with North American direct to consumer operations which were not comparable between periods include the sales associated with (1) domestic retail and outlet stores opened during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) our Canadian retail store operations which were acquired during the second quarter of Fiscal 2013 and (3) Tommy Bahama's initial e-commerce flash clearance sale, which occurred in January 2014. The increases in sales were partially offset by (1) a $8.5 million net sales decrease in the North American wholesale business, primarily resulting from reductions in orders from certain wholesale customers, and (2) a $2.5 million decrease in sales in outlet stores that were open for all of Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores and outlets51%48%
E-commerce13%11%
Restaurant10%10%
Wholesale26%31%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Tommy Bahama operated 141 retail stores compared to 113 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Lilly Pulitzer:
The Lilly Pulitzer sales increase of $15.4 million, or 12.5%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $6.7 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) a $4.4 million, or 9%, increase in comparable store sales to $51.7 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2013 compared to $47.4 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale sales increase of $2.4 million and (4) $2.1 million of higher e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

41

Table of Contents


 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores32%30%
E-commerce25%24%
Wholesale43%46%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Lilly Pulitzer operated 23 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.
Lanier Clothes:
The increase in net sales for Lanier Clothes of $2.3 million, or 2.1%, was due to a $4.7 million increase in net sales in the private label business, partially offset by a decrease in net sales in the branded business. The increase in the private label business was primarily driven by a new pants program for a warehouse club customer in Fiscal 2013 which offset decreases in other private label programs. The decrease in the branded business was primarily due to reduced volume in or exit from certain programs and softness in the business of certain of our customers.
Ben Sherman:
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $14.7 million, or 17.9%, in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 , due to a $14.2 million decline in wholesale sales and a slight decline in direct to consumer net sales in Fiscal 2013. The lower wholesale sales reflect (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts in the United Kingdom and the United States and (2) lower amounts of off-price sales. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Direct to Consumer46%38%
Wholesale54%62%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Ben Sherman operated 17 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Corporate and Other:
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses. The $2.3 million increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during Fiscal 2013.
Gross Profit
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

42

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$358,930
$321,920
$37,010
11.5 %
Lilly Pulitzer84,845
76,842
8,003
10.4 %
Lanier Clothes30,552
30,264
288
1.0 %
Ben Sherman32,094
39,430
(7,336)(18.6)%
Corporate and Other7,153
1,101
6,052
NM
Total gross profit$513,574
$469,557
$44,017
9.4 %
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of changes in net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group were impacted by the change in sales mix and changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Tommy Bahama61.4%60.9%
Lilly Pulitzer61.5%62.7%
Lanier Clothes27.9%28.2%
Ben Sherman47.7%48.1%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Consolidated gross margin56.0%54.9%
On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margin from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million charge for LIFO accounting with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) a change in the sales mix. The change in sales mix in Fiscal 2013 included (1) Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales and (2) direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales. These items, which favorably impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the $0.7 million impact of the inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2013 associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Tommy Bahama:

The higher gross margin at Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, represented a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2013. This change in sales mix was partially offset by the negative impact of the $0.7 million charge related to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition recognized in cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2013. We do not anticipate any charges for inventory step-up beyond Fiscal 2013 related to this acquisition.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The decrease in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix with sportswear, which generally has lower gross margins, representing a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in Fiscal 2013, (2) more promotions in our direct to consumer operations in order to move a greater amount of remaining spring inventory, (3) our e-commerce operations offering free shipping on a more frequent basis and (4) larger e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013 than in the prior year, with these sales typically having a gross margin more in line with wholesale sales than direct to consumer sales. The negative gross margin impact of these factors exceeded the positive impact of the change in sales mix towards direct to consumer sales for Lilly Pulitzer.
Lanier Clothes:


43

Table of Contents

The gross margin at Lanier Clothes decreased in Fiscal 2013 from the prior year primarily as a result of a change in sales mix towards private label programs. Private label products, including the new pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product sales.
Ben Sherman:

The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) a higher proportion of off-price sales in the wholesale business as full-price wholesale sales decreased by a greater proportion than off-price sales and (2) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business. The heavier promotions and the higher proportion of off-price sales, which were necessary to liquidate certain inventory, primarily resulted from a merchandising misstep in the second half of Fiscal 2012. These negative factors offset the positive gross margin impact of the change in the sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a larger proportion of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2013.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations and the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments. The increase in the gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 being impacted by a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) higher sales and gross margin in the Oxford Golf business in Fiscal 2013.
SG&A
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
SG&A447,645
410,737
$36,908
9.0%
SG&A (as a % of net sales)48.8%48.0% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $30.8 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2013 associated with operating additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer retail stores and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses. The increases in SG&A for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 was unfavorably impacted by the inclusion of a 53rd week, which we estimate resulted in an additional $7 million of SG&A. Further, SG&A was impacted by $7.2 million reduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, primarily reflecting lower incentive compensation for both Tommy Bahama and Corporate and Other.

SG&A included $2.2 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2013 compared to $1.0 million in Fiscal 2012 with the increase primarily being $1.4 million of amortization associated with the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $2.5 million with approximately $2.0 million of the amortization reflecting amortization of the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
$(6,010)(95.6)%
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, under which we are obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which payments may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability at each balance sheet date. Generally, this liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings during that period. Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts being earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or

44

Table of Contents

income in our consolidated statement of earnings at that time. Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration reflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations.
The $6.0 million decrease in the charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration during Fiscal 2013 was primarily a result of Fiscal 2012 including a a significant increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration, while Fiscal 2013 generally only reflected the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments. During Fiscal 2012, we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition was more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other things, (1) the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement. We anticipate that the change in contingent consideration for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $0.3 million.
Royalties and other operating income
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$19,016
$16,436
$2,580
15.7%
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
  
Royalties and other operating income in Fiscal 2013 increased by $2.6 million primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, (2) higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and (3) higher other income in Corporate and Other. These increases were partially offset by lower royalty income for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013. Royalty and other operating income primarily consists of royalty income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands.

Operating income (loss)
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0 %
Lilly Pulitzer25,951
20,267
5,684
28.0 %
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
(12)(0.1)%
Ben Sherman(13,131)(10,898)(2,233)(20.5)%
Corporate and Other(11,185)(20,692)9,507
45.9 %
Total operating income$84,670
$68,971
$15,699
22.8 %
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$(1,611)$
  

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $84.7 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $69.0 million in Fiscal 2012. The 22.8% increase in operating income was primarily due to the improved operating income in Corporate and Other, Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama, partially offset by the higher operating loss in Ben Sherman. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
Tommy Bahama:

45

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$584,941
$528,639
$56,302
10.7%
Gross margin61.4%60.9% 
 
Operating income$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0%
Operating income as % of net sales12.3%13.1% 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  
The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the higher net sales and gross margin in the Tommy Bahama business, each as discussed above. The impact of the higher sales and gross margin were partially offset by higher SG&A as well as a $0.7 million charge related to an inventory step-up and $1.4 million of amortization of intangible assets, both of which resulted from the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, which we completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013. In addition to the higher SG&A resulting from the amortization of intangible assets, the increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) operating additional North American and Asia-Pacific retail stores and restaurants in Fiscal 2013 which resulted in $27.7 million of incremental SG&A and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including costs associated with support operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by a $5.6 million reduction in incentive compensation for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2013 and the impact of one less week in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2013 included an operating loss of $11.9 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $10.4 million in Fiscal 2012.
Lilly Pulitzer:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$137,943
$122,592
$15,351
12.5%
Gross margin61.5%62.7% 
 
Operating income$25,951
$20,267
$5,684
28.0%
Operating income as % of net sales18.8%16.5% 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
 
 

The increase in operating income for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a lower charge for change in the fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013. The operating results for Fiscal 2013 also reflect higher net sales, as discussed above, which were offset by higher SG&A to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and lower gross margin, as discussed above. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) higher costs, consisting primarily of employment expenses, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and (2) $3.1 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during Fiscal 2013.

Lanier Clothes:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$109,530
$107,272
$2,258
2.1 %
Gross margin27.9%28.2% 
 
Operating income$10,828
$10,840
$(12)(0.1)%
Operating income as % of net sales9.9%10.1% 
 
The operating income for Lanier Clothes was comparable for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as the favorable impact of higher sales was offset by slightly lower gross margin and higher SG&A, which was primarily attributable to higher incentive compensation earned in Fiscal 2013.
Ben Sherman:

46

Table of Contents

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$67,218
$81,922
$(14,704)(17.9)%
Gross margin47.7 %48.1 % 
 
Operating loss$(13,131)$(10,898)$(2,233)(20.5)%
Operating loss as % of net sales(19.5)%(13.3)% 
 
The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman was primarily due to the decrease in sales and lower gross margin, each as discussed above, and lower royalty income. These factors that negatively impacted the operating results were partially offset by reduced SG&A in Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013 as Ben Sherman has taken certain actions to reduce its ongoing SG&A structure with a significant amount of that SG&A reduction being recognized in the second half of Fiscal 2013.
Corporate and Other:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Net sales$17,465
$15,117
$2,348
15.5%
Operating loss$(11,185)$(20,692)$9,507
45.9%
LIFO (credit) charge included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
 
 
The Corporate and Other operating results improved in Fiscal 2013 primarily as a result of (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013, (2) a reduction in Corporate and Other SG&A primarily driven by a $2.1 million reduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013, as well as certain favorable changes in accruals, (3) higher sales and improved gross margin in the Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses and (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million.
Interest expense, net
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$4,169
$8,939
$(4,770)(53.4)%
Interest expense for Fiscal 2013 decreased primarily due to our borrowing at lower interest rates in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.  During Fiscal 2013, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, whereas substantially all of our borrowings in the first half of Fiscal 2012 were from our previously outstanding Senior Secured Notes, which had a coupon rate of 11 3/8%. The change in the source of our borrowings resulted from our redemption of the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes in July 2012, which was primarily funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. We anticipate that interest expense for Fiscal 2014 will be approximately $4.5 million.

Loss on repurchase of senior notes
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Loss on repurchase of senior notes$
$9,143
$(9,143)(100.0)%
On July 16, 2012, we redeemed the remaining outstanding $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for approximately $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million

Income taxes
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Income taxes$35,210
$19,572
$15,638
79.9%
Effective tax rate43.7%38.5% 
 

47

Table of Contents

Income tax expense for Fiscal 2013 increased compared to Fiscal 2012 due to higher earnings and an increase in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rates for both periods reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and the favorable impact of a decrease in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was also impacted by certain other favorable discrete items, including a reduction in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations totaling approximately $2.2 million and the impact of a change in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

We anticipate that our effective tax rate in future periods will be lower than the effective tax rate in Fiscal 2013, but higher than the effective tax rate in Fiscal 2012, as we expect that our domestic earnings will increase and our foreign losses should decrease in future periods as compared to Fiscal 2013 resulting in a higher proportion of domestic income to foreign losses.

Net earnings
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
Net earnings per diluted share$2.75
$1.89
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,482
16,586
The higher net earnings for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) increased net sales in Fiscal 2013 resulting in increased gross profit, (2) Fiscal 2012 including a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million with no such charge in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, (4) a $4.8 million reduction in interest expense, (5) Fiscal 2012 including a LIFO accounting charge of $4.0 million with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013, (6) lower SG&A in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other, and (7) higher royalty and other operating income. These factors were partially offset by (1) higher SG&A associated with the continued growth and expansion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands, (2) a higher effective tax rate in Fiscal 2013 and (3) $2.1 million of charges in the aggregate incurred in Fiscal 2013 related to an inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama operations in Canada.
FISCAL 2012 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2011
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of earnings for Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks, to Fiscal 2011, which included 52 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$528,639
$452,156
$76,483
16.9 %
Lilly Pulitzer122,592
94,495
28,097
29.7 %
Lanier Clothes107,272
108,771
(1,499)(1.4)%
Ben Sherman81,922
91,435
(9,513)(10.4)%
Corporate and Other15,117
12,056
3,061
25.4 %
Total net sales$855,542
$758,913
$96,629
12.7 %
Consolidated net sales increased $96.6 million, or 12.7%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to the increase in net sales at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreased net sales at Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, each as discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

The increase in net sales for Tommy Bahama sales increase of $76.5 million, or 16.9%, was primarily driven by increased direct to consumer sales resulting from a low double digit(1) an increase in comparable full-price retail store sales andof $33.5 million, to $236.7 million in the 53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to $203.2 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2011, (2) a net sales atincrease of $18.6 million associated with domestic retail stores and outlet stores opened during fiscal 2010in Fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2011 as well as an e-commerceFiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale sales increase exceeding 50%. Wholesaleof $14.7 million and restaurant sales also increased modestly during fiscal 2011. Tommy


Table of Contents

Bahama unit sales increased 6.8% due to the higher volume in each distribution channel, and the average selling price per unit increased 7.4%, primarily as(4) a result of the higher proportion of net sales from the directincrease associated with our Tommy Bahama international operations in Australia and Asia of $4.5 million. The remaining sales increase primarily related to consumer channelsales in our restaurants and our outlet stores opened for all of distributionFiscal 2011 and higher product sales prices generally as certain product cost increases were recovered from consumers.Fiscal 2012. As of January 28, 2012,February 2, 2013, Tommy Bahama operated 96113 retail stores compared to 8996 retail stores as of January 29, 2011.

28, 2012.


48


Lilly Pulitzer:

        We acquired the

The Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010. Therefore, our consolidated operating results for the first 101/2 monthssales increase of fiscal 2010 did not include any operating activities for Lilly Pulitzer. Net sales for Lilly Pulitzer for fiscal 2011 were $94.5 million. By way of comparison, the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations generated $72.5$28.1 million, of net sales during fiscal 2010, of which only $6.0 millionor 29.7%, was included in our consolidated operating results. The $94.5 million of net sales in fiscal 2011 reflects significant increases in each of the wholesale, retail and e-commerce channels of distribution.

Ben Sherman:

        Net sales for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2011 increasedprimarily driven by approximately 5.2% from fiscal 2010. The net sales for fiscal 2011 reflect(1) an increase in comparable store sales of $10.5 million, to $47.4 million in the average selling price per unit53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to $36.8 million in the 52-week Fiscal 2011, (2) a wholesale sales increase of 17.3%%, which was$6.5 million, (3) a net sales increase of $6.3 million associated with e-commerce flash sales in Fiscal 2012 and (4) a net sales increase of $5.3 million reflecting the net sales impact of the four retail stores opened in Fiscal 2012, net of the impact of the one store closure in Fiscal 2012. These sales increases were partially offset by a decrease in unit volumethe clearance warehouse sales in Fiscal 2012, as more end of 10.4%.season product was sold through the e-commerce flash sales. The increase in average selling price per unit was due to (1) our strategy to improve the wholesale distribution of the brand, (2) a greater proportion of Ben Sherman's totale-commerce flash sales being retail sales, which generally have higher selling prices, during fiscal 2011, (3) the favorable foreign currency translation impact of a 3.8% change in average exchange rates between the two periods and (4) the $2.0generated $9.4 million of net sales associated with the previously exited women's and footwear businesses, muchin Fiscal 2012 compared to $3.1 million of which was sold at close out prices in fiscal 2010 with no suchnet sales in fiscalFiscal 2011. The reduced unit volume was primarily the resultAs of our continuing strategyFebruary 2, 2013, Lilly Pulitzer operated 19 retail stores compared to improve the wholesale distribution16 retail stores as of the brand, as reduced unit sales to certain moderate department stores have not yet been replaced with sales to targeted upper tier retailers, as well as the lack of close out sales associated with our previously exited women's and footwear businesses in fiscal 2011.

January 28, 2012.

Lanier Clothes:

The increasedecrease in net sales for Lanier Clothes of $1.5 million, or 1.4%, was primarily due to increased net salesthe decrease in branded tailored clothing products. The average selling price per unit increased 6.7% as a result of the change in sales mix as our branded tailored clothing products, which typically have a higher average selling price than our private label products, represented a greater percentage of net sales for Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2011. A decrease in unit sales of 1.7% was primarily driven by the decreased sales in the private label businesses, which was$8.7 million partially offset by an increase in unitbranded sales of $7.2 million. The decrease in private label sales was primarily due to Fiscal 2011 benefiting from initial shipments related to a new product launch, while Fiscal 2012 sales were negatively impacted by a slow-down of the inventory intake on a replenishment program by a key customer as well as the exit from certain underperforming private label programs. In addition to higher branded sales generally, Fiscal 2012 also benefited from certain spring merchandise shipping in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012, which would have typically shipped in the first quarter of Fiscal 2013. The sales for Lanier Clothes were also negatively impacted by the continuing competitive factors in tailored clothing products.

business.

Ben Sherman:
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $9.5 million, or 10.4%, in Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011, primarily due to a $10.5 million decline in wholesale sales, which was predominantly in United Kingdom, with direct to consumer net sales being comparable in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, which was primarily due to higher e-commerce sales as well as the impact of additional stores. The decrease in net sales for Ben Sherman was primarily driven by (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts with moderate-priced stores in the United Kingdom and (2) the difficult economic conditions that persist in the United Kingdom and Europe. Further, the direct to consumer operations of Ben Sherman were negatively impacted by missteps in Ben Sherman's merchandise assortment planning in the second half of Fiscal 2012, which, particularly in the current economic environment, resulted in too much of the product offering in styles at the higher end of the price range and resulted in more promotions in our retail stores in order to sell inventory on hand.
Corporate and Other:

Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. The increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by the higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during fiscalFiscal 2012.
Gross Profit
The first table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 as well as the change between those two periods. The second table presents gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

Gross ProfitFiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$321,920
$276,567
$45,353
16.4 %
Lilly Pulitzer76,842
56,376
$20,466
36.3 %
Lanier Clothes30,264
34,108
(3,844)(11.3)%
Ben Sherman39,430
46,473
(7,043)(15.2)%
Corporate and Other1,101
(555)1,656
NM
Total$469,557
$412,969
$56,588
13.7 %
LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$996
 
 


49

Table of Contents

Gross Profit


 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Gross profit

 $412,969 $327,407 $85,562  26.1% 

Gross margin (gross profit as a % of net sales)

  54.4% 54.2%      
            

LIFO charges included in gross profit

 $5,772 $3,792       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in gross profit

 $996 $764       
Gross MarginFiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Tommy Bahama60.9%61.2%
Lilly Pulitzer62.7%59.7%
Lanier Clothes28.2%31.4%
Ben Sherman48.1%50.8%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Total54.9%54.4%

The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to higher net sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer partially offset by the lower sales in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes, each as discussed above. TheAdditionally, gross profit was also impacted by the changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margins from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) a $1.7 million net favorable impact in Fiscal 2012 resulting from a lower LIFO charge in Fiscal 2012, (2) a $1.0 million charge resulting from purchase accounting negatively impacting the Lilly Pulitzer gross margins in Fiscal 2011 with no such charge in Fiscal 2012 and (3) changes in the sales mix in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.mix. The changes in sales mix included (1) the inclusion of Lilly Pulitzer operating results for a full year in fiscal 2011, and (2) direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales during Fiscal 2012. The change in sales mix was also attributable to Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales. These items, which positively impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit and gross margin of (1) product cost pressures that impacted our operating groups and (2) gross margin pressures at Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes.
Tommy Bahama:
The gross margin at Tommy Bahama for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 reflects a decrease in gross margins in the first half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year and improved gross margins in the second half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year. Tommy Bahama increased prices in the first half of Fiscal 2011 in anticipation of increased product costs, which began to impact our results in the second half of Fiscal 2011 and continued into Fiscal 2012. This negative gross margin pressure for Fiscal 2012 was partially offset by a change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 67% of net sales in Fiscal 2011 to 69% of net sales in Fiscal 2012.
Lilly Pulitzer:
The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 47% of net sales in Fiscal 2011 to 54% of net sales in Fiscal 2012 and (2) Fiscal 2011 including a $1.0 million purchase accounting charge, with no such charge in Fiscal 2012.
Lanier Clothes:
The decrease in gross margin at Lanier Clothes was primarily the result of gross margin pressures, including both competitive factors and higher product costs that continue to impact the tailored clothing business.
Ben Sherman:
The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) higher product costs during Fiscal 2012, (2) the competitive factors resulting from the difficult economic conditions that persist in the United Kingdom and Europe, (3) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business, (4) a greater amount off-price sales and (5) more significant inventory markdowns. The heavier promotions and the higher off-price sales and inventory markdowns, which were necessary measures to appropriately manage inventory levels in the economic environment, were more significant in the second half of Fiscal 2012, in part due to the merchandising mix miss in the second half of Fiscal 2012.
Corporate and Other:
The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations offset by the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments, which included significant charges in both Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011. The LIFO accounting charge was $4.0 million in Fiscal 2012 compared to $5.8 million of charges in fiscal 2011 compared to $3.8 million of charges in fiscal 2010, and (2) gross margin declines in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes in fiscalFiscal 2011. The $1.0 million and $0.8 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, of charges to cost of goods sold in Lilly Pulitzer resulted from the write-up of acquired inventory to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of acquired inventory. We do not anticipate there will be any such charges to cost of goods sold in Lilly Pulitzer in future years.
Our gross profit and gross margin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.


50


SG&A


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change

SG&A

 $358,582 $301,975 $56,607 18.7% $410,737
$358,582
$52,155
14.5%

SG&A (as % of net sales)

 47.2% 50.0%     48.0%47.2% 
 

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $(1,155)       $
$(1,155) 
 

Restructuring and other charges

  $3,212 

Acquisition transaction costs

  $848 

Environmental reserve reduction

  $(2,242) 

The increase in SG&A was primarily due to fiscal 2011(1) higher costs, consisting primarily of employment and advertising expenses, to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, including (1) $40.6support functions for retail, e-commerce and wholesale operations, (2) $17.0 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2012 associated with operating additional domestic Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer (2)stores, including $6.7 million in SG&A charges associated with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 Fiscal year, (3) $9.7 million of incremental SG&A associated with the costs of operating Tommy Bahamacertain infrastructure, pre-opening retail stores which opened during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, (3) certain infrastructurestore rent and other costs related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion, and (4) the netapproximately $7 million impact of certain retail store asset impairments offsethaving an extra week of expenses in the 53-week Fiscal 2012 compared to the 52-week Fiscal 2011 and (5) higher SG&A for Corporate and Other primarily due to Fiscal 2011 being positively impacted by any associated write-offs of deferred rent credits associated with the impaired assets that were closed or are anticipated to be closed. These increases were partially offset by the death benefit of a corporate owned life insurance policy of approximately $1.2 million in fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2010, SG&A was impacted by $3.2 million of restructuring charges in Ben Sherman, $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition and a $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability.in SG&A as a percentageresult of net sales benefitted from leveraging, as our net sales increased at a greater rate than the increaselife insurance death benefit gain and $1.8 million of transition services fee income. The increases in SG&A as certain SG&A costs do not fluctuate with sales levels.

        Amortization of intangible assets, which is included in SG&A and totaled approximately $1.2 million and $1.0 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, reflects the amortization of acquired intangible assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman. We anticipate thatCorporate and Other were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Lanier Clothes from Fiscal 2011 to Fiscal 2012. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 included charges of $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to the amortization of intangible assets for fiscal 2012 will be approximately $0.9 million.

assets.

Table of Contents

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 $2,400 $200 $2,200  NM 
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration$6,285
$2,400
$3,885
161.9%


In connection with theour acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, wherebyunder which we will beare obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which payments may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability. Thisliability at each balance sheet date. Generally, this liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings during that period. Thus,Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts reflectedbeing earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our statementsconsolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or income in our consolidated statement of earnings reflect the change in fair value of the contingent consideration obligations. Prior to the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we did not have any contingent consideration arrangements requiring adjustment to fair value. The increase inat that time. Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration was due to fiscal 2011 including a full year, whereas, fiscal 2010 only included a six week period. We anticipate thatreflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration for fiscalobligations.
During Fiscal 2012, will be approximately $2.4 million; however,we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that amount could change significantly depending upon whether there are any changes to our assumptions about the probabilitycertainty of the payment of the contingent consideration appropriate discount rate orrelated to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition is more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors.

things, (1) the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement. This increase in the change in the fair value of contingent consideration was recognized as a charge to our consolidated statements of operations.

Royalties and other operating income

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Royalties and other operating income

 $16,820 $15,430 $1,390  9.0% 
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$16,436
$16,820
$(384)(2.3)%

        The increase in royalties

Royalties and other operating income wasin Fiscal 2012 primarily duereflect income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands, which were comparable on a consolidated basis to the royalty income associatedrecognized in Fiscal 2011 with the recently acquired Lilly Pulitzer business as well asa decrease in Ben Sherman royalty income in Fiscal 2012 being offset by increased royalty income in Ben Shermanboth Tommy Bahama and Tommy Bahama.

Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)


51

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $64,171 $51,081 $13,090  25.6%

Lilly Pulitzer

  14,278  (372) 14,650  NM 

Ben Sherman

  (2,535) (2,664) 129  (4.8)%

Lanier Clothes

  12,862  14,316  (1,454) (10.2)%

Corporate and Other

  (19,969) (21,699) 1,730  8.0%
          

Total operating income

 $68,807 $40,662 $28,145  69.2%
          

LIFO charges included in operating income

 $5,772 $3,792       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in operating income

 $996 $764       

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in operating income

 $2,400 $200       

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $(1,155)$       

Restructuring charges included in operating income

   $3,212       

Acquisition transaction costs included in operating income

   $848       

Environmental reserve reduction included in operating income

   $(2,242)      

Table of Contents


 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$69,454
$64,171
$5,283
8.2 %
Lilly Pulitzer20,267
14,278
5,989
41.9 %
Lanier Clothes10,840
12,862
(2,022)(15.7)%
Ben Sherman(10,898)(2,535)(8,363)(329.9)%
Corporate and Other(20,692)(19,969)(723)(3.6)%
Total operating income$68,971
$68,807
$164
0.2 %
LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer$
$996
 
 
Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$6,285
$2,400
 
 
Life insurance death benefit gain included in Corporate and Other$
$(1,155) 
 
Operating income, on a consolidated basis, increasedwas $69.0 million in Fiscal 2012 compared to $68.8 million in fiscal 2011 from $40.7 million in fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2011. The $28.1 million0.2% increase in operating income was primarily due to (1) the inclusion of a full year of operating income forhigher net sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, including chargespartially offset by lower operating results in Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, SG&A increases in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer related to expansion of these brands and a higher charge for the write-up of acquired inventory and increasechange in the fair value of contingent consideration (2) higher net sales and improved operating results in Tommy Bahama, (3) the impact on Corporate and Other in fiscal 2011 of an approximately $1.2 million gain associated with a corporate owned life insurance death benefit and (4) fiscal 2010 including the net impact of $3.2 million of restructuring charges, $0.8 million of acquisition transaction costs and a $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability. These positive items were partially offset by (1) the net $2.0 million impact of LIFO accounting charges and (2) lower operating results in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes resulting from competitive factors and product cost increases.Fiscal 2012. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $452,156 $398,510 $53,646 13.5% $528,639
$452,156
$76,483
16.9%

Operating income

 $64,171 $51,081 $13,090 25.6% $69,454
$64,171
$5,283
8.2%

Operating income as % of net sales

 14.2% 12.8%     13.1%14.2% 
 

The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the increased net sales. The increased sales werein each distribution channel, as discussed above, which resulted in higher gross profit, partially offset by increased SG&A associated with (1) operating additional retail stores in Fiscal 2012 resulting in $14.5 million of additional SG&A, including $6.7 million in SG&A charges associated with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 Fiscal year, (2) incremental infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs totaling $9.7 associated with Tommy Bahama's international expansion, (3) higher SG&A, consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising costs, to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including the retail, e-commerce and wholesale businesses and (4) the approximately $5 million SG&A impact of Fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year compared to Fiscal 2011 being a 52-week year.
Fiscal 2012 included operating losses of $15.9 million related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store, compared to operating losses of $3.5 million for these items in Fiscal 2011. The $15.9 million operating loss in Fiscal 2012 related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store reflect $20.0 million of SG&A costs partially offset by $4.0 million of gross margin related to sales in our international stores and royalty income.
Lilly Pulitzer:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$122,592
$94,495
$28,097
29.7%
Operating income$20,267
$14,278
$5,989
41.9%
Operating income as % of net sales16.5%15.1% 
 
Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory$
$996
 
 
Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration$6,285
$2,400
 
 

52

Table of Contents

The improved operating results for Lilly Pulitzer were primarily due to increased net sales in each distribution channel and increased gross margin, and Fiscal 2012 not including the $1.0 million charge related to the write-up of inventory at the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer, each of which contributed to a higher gross profit. The increased gross profit was partially offset by increased SG&A associated with (1) higher SG&A, consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business, including our retail, e-commerce and wholesale businesses, (2) $2.5 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during fiscal 2011, certain costs associated with Tommy Bahama's international expansion, andFiscal 2012, (3) the netapproximately $1 million impact of certain retail store impairments offset by any associated write-offsFiscal 2012 being a 53-week year, but Fiscal 2012 being a 52-week year and (4) the higher charge related to the fair value of deferred rent credits associated with retail stores that were closed or anticipated to be closed.

Lilly Pulitzer:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net sales

 $94,495 $5,959 

Operating income (loss)

 $14,278 $(372)

Operating income (loss) as % of net sales

  15.1% (6.2)%
      

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in operating income (loss)

 $996 $764 

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in operating income (loss)

 $2,400 $200 

        We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010. Therefore, therecontingent consideration. Fiscal 2012 was less than two months of operating income for Lilly Pulitzer included in our consolidated operating results in fiscal 2010. The operating results for fiscal 2011 reflect a significant increase in operating income from the prior year comparable period, which were not included in our consolidated operating results, due to an increase in sales in all channels of distribution, as discussed above. The fiscal 2011 operating results were negatively impacted by approximately $1.0 million of charges in the first quarter to cost of goods sold resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of acquired inventory. U.S. GAAP requires that all assets acquired as part of an acquisition, including inventory, be recorded at fair value, rather than its original cost. This write-up was recognized as an increase to cost of goods sold as the inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. We do not anticipate that there will be any such charges to cost of goods sold in future periods. Additionally, the Lilly Pulitzer operating results for fiscal 2011 included a $2.4$6.3 million charge related tofor the change in the fair value of contingent consideration while the Fiscal 2011 charge was $2.4 million, as discussed above.


Lanier Clothes:

Table of Contents

Ben Sherman:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $91,435 $86,920 $4,515  5.2% 

Operating loss

 $(2,535)$(2,664)$129  4.8% 

Operating loss as % of net sales

  (2.8)% (3.1)%      

Restructuring charges included in operating loss

   $3,212       

        The operating loss for Ben Sherman was comparable for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. The impact of higher sales as discussed above as well as lower SG&A were offset by gross margin erosion. The gross margin erosion for Ben Sherman primarily reflects higher product costs, which in most cases were not passed on to Ben Sherman customers. The lower SG&A in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to fiscal 2010 including $3.2 million of restructuring charges.

Lanier Clothes:

 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$107,272
$108,771
$(1,499)(1.4)%
Operating income$10,840
$12,862
$(2,022)(15.7)%
Operating income as % of net sales10.1%11.8% 
 
 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $108,771 $103,733 $5,038  4.9%

Operating income

 $12,862 $14,316 $(1,454) (10.2)%

Operating income as % of net sales

  11.8% 13.8%      

The decrease in operating income for Lanier Clothes despite higher sales levels, was primarily the result of the lower sales and gross margins, partially offset by decreased SG&A related to lower employment costs and advertising costs. The continuing gross margin pressures resulted from both competitive factors and increased SG&A, including higherproduct cost pressures.

Ben Sherman:
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$81,922
$91,435
$(9,513)(10.4)%
Operating loss$(10,898)$(2,535)$(8,363)(329.9)%
Operating loss as % of net sales(13.3)%(2.8)% 
 
The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the decreased sales, gross margin and royalty and advertising expensesincome, each as a result ofdiscussed above as well as certain severance costs associated with the higher branded sales, during fiscal 2011.

business.

Corporate and Other:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $12,056 $8,825 $3,231  36.6% 

Operating loss

 $(19,969)$(21,699)$1,730  8.0% 
          

LIFO charges included in operating loss

 $5,772 $3,792       

Life insurance death benefit gain included in operating loss

 $(1,155)$       

Acquisition transaction costs included in operating loss

   $848       

Environmental reserve reduction included in operating loss

   $(2,242)      
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Net sales$15,117
$12,056
$3,061
25.4 %
Operating loss$(20,692)$(19,969)$(723)(3.6)%
LIFO charges$4,043
$5,772
 
 
Life insurance death benefit gain$
$(1,155) 
 

The Corporate and Other operating results improveddeclined by $1.7$0.7 million from a loss of $21.7 million in fiscal 2010 to a loss of $20.0 million in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2011 to a loss of $20.7 million in Fiscal 2012. The improved operating results for fiscalFiscal 2012 reflect the net impact of LIFO accounting, with charges of $4.0 million and $5.8 million in Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, were primarily due to (1) lower employee compensation costs, (2)respectively. Fiscal 2011 operating income was also positively impacted by a $1.2 million death benefit gain from a corporate owned life insurance policy and inclusion of $1.8 million of transition services fee income related to our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which was sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, and (3) the death benefit from a corporate owned life insurance policy. These improved operating results were partially offset by the net $2.0 million impact of LIFO accounting charges between the two years. Fiscal 2010, Corporate and Other operating losswith no such fees being included the net impact of the $2.2 million reduction in an environmental reserve liability and $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.

Fiscal 2012.

Interest expense, net

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Interest expense, net

 $16,266 $19,887 $(3,621) (18.2)%
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$8,939
$16,266
$(7,327)(45.0)%

Interest expense for fiscal 2011Fiscal 2012 decreased due to (1) our borrowing at lower interest rates in the second half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the second half of Fiscal 2011 and (2) our reduction in our average debt levels in the first half of Fiscal 2012 compared to the first half of Fiscal 2011 as a result of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes during


Table the second and third quarters of Contents

fiscalFiscal 2011. Interest expense for both periods primarily reflects (1) interest incurred with respect toDuring the second half of Fiscal 2012, substantially all of our outstanding 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, (2) amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our outstanding 113/8% Senior Secured Notes andborrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, and (3) interest associated with our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense, net was $1.7 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, with the decrease in amortization of deferred financing costs also primarily being related to the repurchase of $45.0 millionwhereas substantially all of our 113/8%borrowings in the second half of Fiscal 2011 were from our Senior Secured Notes. As we repurchased $45.0 millionNotes, which had a coupon rate of 113/8%. The change in aggregate principal amount the source


53

Table of Contents

of our 113/8%borrowings resulted from our redemption of the remaining outstanding Senior Secured Notes in fiscal 2011, interest expense for fiscal 2011 may not indicative of interest expense in future periods.

July 2012, which was funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 $9,017 $ $9,017 NM
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change
Loss on repurchase of senior notes$9,143
$9,017
$126
1.4%

In fiscalthe second and third quarters of Fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, using cash on hand.interest. The repurchase of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior secured notes$9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.
In July 2012, we redeemed the remaining $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of approximately $9.0our Senior Secured Notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million.

Income taxes


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011$ Change% Change

Income taxes

 $14,281 $4,540 $9,741 214.6% $19,572
$14,281
$5,291
37.0%

Effective tax rate

 32.8% 21.9%     38.5%32.8% 
 

Income tax expense for fiscal 2011Fiscal 2012 increased compared to fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2011, primarily due to higher earnings in fiscal 2011Fiscal 2012 as well as an increase in the effective tax rate. Income taxes for both periodsFiscal 2012 were impacted by losses in foreign jurisdictions for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and a greater proportion of our earnings being in jurisdictions with higher tax rates, which was offset by favorable discrete items during the period, including the reduction in income tax contingency reserves by $2.2 million related to the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, the impact of a change in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings, and a reduction in enacted tax rates in certain jurisdictions. Income taxes for Fiscal 2011 were impacted by certain favorable discrete items, including a decrease inthe reduction of income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, favorable permanent differences and tax credits which do not necessarily fluctuate with earnings and net changes in the value of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to changesa reduction in enacted tax rates. The impact of these discrete items on the effective tax rate was much more significantrates in fiscal 2010 due to the lower earnings level in fiscal 2010 and their magnitude. We anticipate that the effective tax rate, before the impact of any discrete items, for future periods will be higher than the effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010 if our earnings levels increasecertain jurisdictions, as well as the incremental earnings will be taxed at rates more closely aligned with statutoryrecognition of an income tax rates.

benefit for losses in foreign jurisdictions.

Net earnings


 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $29,243 $16,235 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share

 $1.77 $0.98 
      

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $137 $62,423 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per diluted common share

 $0.01 $3.77 
      

Net earnings

 $29,380 $78,658 

Net earnings per diluted common share

 $1.78 $4.75 
      

Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted

  16,529  16,551 
 Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Earnings from continuing operations$31,317
$29,243
Earnings from continuing operations per diluted share$1.89
$1.77
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted16,586
16,529

Table of Contents

The increase in earnings from continuing operations for Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 2011 was primarily due to the inclusion of the(1) higher sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, operating results, higher operating income in our Tommy Bahama operating group(2) lower interest expense due to lower borrowings and lower interest expense, partially offset by the $9.0 million loss on repurchase of $45.0 million of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes,rates in Fiscal 2012 and (3) no purchase accounting adjustments in Fiscal 2012, each as discussed above.

        Earnings from discontinued operations reflect the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which we sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The operating results of the discontinued operations reflect substantially all of the normal operating activities of our former Oxford Apparel operating group in the first eleven months of fiscal 2010 as well as the gain on sale in fiscal 2010. However, the fiscal 2011 earnings from discontinued operations reflect certain wind-down and transition activities and an adjustment to the gain on sale upon finalization of the working capital adjustment in fiscal 2011. We do not anticipate significant operating income (loss) or cash flows associated with discontinued operations subsequent to fiscal 2011.

FISCAL 2010 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2009

        The discussion and tables below compares certain line items included in our statements of earnings for fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2009. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Net Sales

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $398,510 $363,084 $35,426  9.8%

Lilly Pulitzer

  5,959    5,959  NM 

Ben Sherman

  86,920  102,309  (15,389) (15.0)%

Lanier Clothes

  103,733  114,542  (10,809) (9.4)%

Corporate and Other

  8,825  5,371  3,454  64.3%
          

Total net sales

 $603,947 $585,306 $18,641  3.2%
          

        Consolidated net sales increased $18.6 million, or 3.2%, in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in net sales was primarily a result of the changes in each operating group discussed below as well as the inclusion of sales for Lilly Pulitzer in fiscal 2010 subsequent to our acquisition on December 21, 2010. Fiscal 2010 included $2.5 million of sales related to businesses that we have exited in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes compared to $20.8 million of such sales in fiscal 2009.

Tommy Bahama:

        The increase in net sales for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to improved comparable retail store sales, sales at retail stores opened during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, higher e-commerce sales and higher wholesale sales. Tommy Bahama apparel unit sales increased 14.1%, which was a result of the improvement in all channels of distribution. The average selling price per unit decreased by 3.2% due to Tommy Bahama offering more items at entry level price points below $100 and women's, home and gift items, which carry a lower average unit price than men's, making up a higher proportion of Tommy Bahama's sales mix.

Lilly Pulitzer:

        We acquired Lilly Pulitzer on December 21, 2010. Therefore, fiscal 2010 reflects approximately six weeks of net sales that totaled $6.0 million for Lilly Pulitzer while the prior year includes no net sales for Lilly Pulitzer.


Table of Contents

Ben Sherman:

        The decrease in net sales for Ben Sherman was primarily due to a 17.8% reduction in unit sales largely resulting from our exit from and subsequent licensing of our footwear and kids' businesses and our exit from our women's operations during fiscal 2009. Net sales related to the footwear, kids' and women's businesses totaled approximately $2.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $17.2 million in fiscal 2009. Net sales were also negatively impacted by a 2.1% decrease in the average exchange rate of the British pound sterling versus the United States dollar during fiscal 2010 compared to the average exchange rate for fiscal 2009. The impact of the exited businesses and the exchange rate were partially offset by an increase in retail sales in fiscal 2010. The average selling price per unit for Ben Sherman increased 3.4% as retail sales represented a greater proportion of total Ben Sherman sales during fiscal 2010 and there were fewer off-price sales in fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2009 included more off-price sales associated with the exited businesses.

Lanier Clothes:

        The decrease in net sales for Lanier Clothes was primarily due to a reduction in unit sales of 10.8%, which was driven by lower sales in our private label businesses and the inclusion of approximately $3.6 million of net sales in fiscal 2009 related to businesses that we have exited. These decreases in net sales were partially offset by higher sales in our branded tailored clothing business. The average selling price per unit increased 1.5% as a result of the change in sales mix as private label products typically have a lower selling price than branded products and many of the sales of the products for businesses that we exited were off-price, close out sales.

Corporate and Other:

        Corporate and Other primarily consists of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. The increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other are primarily driven by the higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during fiscal 2010.

Gross Profit

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Gross profit

 $327,407 $290,813 $36,594  12.6% 

Gross margin (gross profit as a % of net sales)

  54.2% 49.7%      
            

LIFO charges included in gross profit

 $3,792 $4,943       

Restructuring charges included in gross profit

   $355       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in gross profit

 $764         

        The increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher net sales and increased gross margins. The increase in gross margins was primarily due to changes in the sales mix for fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The changes in sales mix included (1) direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of Tommy Bahama sales, (2) Tommy Bahama sales representing a larger proportion of our consolidated net sales, (3) fewer close out sales in Ben Sherman as fiscal 2009 included sales associated with footwear, kids' and women's operations, which we exited, (4) the inclusion of $0.4 million of restructuring charges in Ben Sherman in 2009 associated with our exit from the Ben Sherman footwear, kids' and women's operations, (5) a sales mix change in Lanier Clothes towards branded products and (6) the impact of LIFO accounting charges which totaled $3.8 million and $4.9 million in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. These positive items were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit of approximately $0.8 million of charges to cost of goods sold(1) lower sales and operating results at Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, (2) higher SG&A in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer resulting fromto support the write-upcontinued growth and expansion of acquired inventory from


Table of Contents

cost to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of acquired inventory. Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earnings classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

SG&A

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

SG&A

 $301,975 $283,706 $18,269  6.4% 

SG&A (as % of net sales)

  50.0% 48.5%      
            

Restructuring and other charges included in SG&A

 $3,212 $2,201       

Acquisition transaction costs included in SG&A

 $848         

Environmental reserve reduction included in SG&A

 $(2,242)        

Amortization of intangible assets

 $973 $1,217       

        The increase in SG&A was primarily due to fiscal 2010 including (1) costs associated with the resumption of our incentive compensation program, which was suspended in fiscal 2009 and is tied to our financial performance, which impacted SG&Athese brands, (3) a more significant charge for each of our operating groups, (2) the incremental SG&A associated with the costs of operating retail stores which opened during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, (3) SG&A costs associated with Lilly Pulitzer subsequent to our acquisition and (4) transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition totaling $0.8 million. Additionally, SG&A was impacted by the impact of restructuring charges which totaled $3.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $2.2 million in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2010 restructuring costs primarily related to lease termination charges related to two Ben Sherman retail stores in the United Kingdom and certain fixed asset impairment charges in Ben Sherman. The fiscal 2009 restructuring charges included $2.0 million related to charges associated with our exit from the Ben Sherman women's, footwear and kids' operations, as well as other streamlining initiatives, and $0.5 million related to the impairment of certain leasehold improvements associated with a Tommy Bahama New York office lease. These increased charges to SG&A were partially offset by the $2.2 million of decrease in SG&A in fiscal 2010 resulting from a reduction in our estimate of expected remediation costs associated with an existing environmental reserve.

Changechange in fair value of contingent consideration

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 $200 $ $200  100.0% 

        In connection with the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, whereby we will be obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability. This liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings. Additionally, the fair value of the contingent consideration may change in future periods to the extent that our assumptions regarding the probability of the payment of the contingent consideration, discount rates and other factors change as part of our periodic assessment of the fair value of the liability.


Table of Contents

Royalties and other operating income

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Royalties and other operating income

 $15,430 $11,803 $3,627  30.7% 

        The increase in royalties and other operating income was primarily due to increased royalty income in Tommy Bahama, as sales reported by certain licensees increased and new licensees were added as well as the impact of a payment received related to the termination of the license for Tommy Bahama rum in fiscal 2010.

Operating income (loss)

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $51,081 $37,515 $13,566  36.2% 

Lilly Pulitzer

  (372)   (372) NM 

Ben Sherman

  (2,664) (8,616) 5,952  69.1% 

Lanier Clothes

  14,316  12,389  1,927  15.6% 

Corporate and Other

  (21,699) (22,378) 679  3.0% 
          

Total operating income

 $40,662 $18,910 $21,752  115.0% 
          

LIFO charges included in operating income

 $3,792 $4,943       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in operating income

 $764         

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in operating income

 $200         

Acquisition transaction costs included in operating income

 $848         

Restructuring charges included in operating income

 $3,212 $2,556       

Environmental reserve reduction included in operating income

 $(2,242)        

        Operating income, on a consolidated basis, increased to $40.7 million in fiscal 2010 from $18.9 million in fiscal 2009. The $21.8 million increase in operating income was primarily due to (1) increased net sales, (2) improved gross margins and (3) higher royalty income, which were partially offset by (1) increased SG&A, (2) the impact of restructuring charges of $3.2 million for fiscal 2010 and $2.6 million for fiscal 2009, (3) inventory mark-up charges associated with purchase accounting of $0.8 millionFiscal 2012, and (4) transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition of $0.8 million. Additionally, operating income included charges for LIFO accounting of $3.8 million in fiscal 2010 and $4.9 million in fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2010 also included a $2.2 million of decrease in SG&A resulting from a reduction in our estimate of remediation costs associated with an existing environmental reserve. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $398,510 $363,084 $35,426  9.8% 

Operating income

 $51,081 $37,515 $13,566  36.2% 

Operating income as % of net sales

  12.8% 10.3%      
            

Restructuring charges included in operating income

 $ $534       

        The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the increased net sales, improved gross margins due to a greater proportion of direct to consumer sales as a percentage of total Tommy Bahama sales and higher royalty income, which were partially offset by increased SG&A


Table of Contents

associated with higher incentive compensation expense, the costs of operating additional retail stores during fiscal 2010 and other overhead cost increases.

Lilly Pulitzer:

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 

Net sales

 $5,959 $ 

Operating income (loss)

 $(372)$ 

Operating income (loss) as % of net sales

  (6.2)%  
      

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in operating income (loss)

 $764 $ 

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in operating income (loss)

 $200 $ 

        We acquired Lilly Pulitzer on December 21, 2010. Therefore, fiscal 2010 reflects approximately six weeks of operating income for Lilly Pulitzer while the prior year includes no operating income for Lilly Pulitzer. The six weeks of fiscal 2010 operating results were negatively impacted by approximately $0.8 million of charges to cost of goods sold in Lilly Pulitzer resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of acquired inventory. U.S. GAAP requires that all assets acquired as part of an acquisition, including inventory, be recorded at fair value, rather than cost. This write-up was recognized as an increase to cost of goods sold as the inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, the Lilly Pulitzer operating results included a $0.2 million charge related to the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration. U.S. GAAP requires that we estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration periodically, with any change in the fair value being included in the statement of earnings during that period.

Ben Sherman:

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $86,920 $102,309 $(15,389) (15.0)%

Operating income (loss)

 $(2,664)$(8,616)$5,952  69.1%

Operating income (loss) as % of net sales

  (3.1)% (8.4)%      
            

Restructuring charges included in operating income (loss)

 $3,212 $2,022       

        The improved operating results for Ben Sherman were primarily due to increased gross margins and reduced SG&A, driven by our exit from and subsequent licensing of the footwear and kids' businesses, our exit from the women's operations and other streamlining initiatives. Fiscal 2010 included $3.2 million of charges associated with our termination of two retail store leases in the United Kingdom and fixed asset impairment charges, while 2009 SG&A included $2.0 million of restructuring charges primarily related to our exit from and subsequent licensing of the footwear and kids' businesses and other streamlining initiatives.

Lanier Clothes:

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $103,733 $114,542 $(10,809) (9.4)%

Operating income

 $14,316 $12,389 $1,927  15.6%

Operating income as % of net sales

  13.8% 10.8%      

Table of Contents

        The increase in operating income for Lanier Clothes was primarily a result of improved gross margins due to sales mix, with branded sales representing a greater proportion of Lanier Clothes' sales in fiscal 2010, and close out sales associated with exited businesses being included in net sales fiscal 2009. The improved gross margins were partially offset by increased SG&A, resulting from higher incentive compensation expense and the higher cost structure generally associated with branded businesses.

Corporate and Other:

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $8,825 $5,371 $3,454  64.3% 

Operating loss

 $(21,699) (22,378) 679  3.0% 
          

LIFO charges included in operating loss

 $3,792 $4,943       

Acquisition transaction costs included in operating loss

 $848         

Environmental reserve reduction included in operating loss

 $(2,242)        

        The Corporate and Other operating results improved by $0.7 million from a loss of $22.4 million in fiscal 2009 to a loss of $21.7 million in fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 included LIFO accounting charges of $3.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively. Fiscal 2010 also included $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer, which were expensed as incurred, and a $2.2 million reduction in our estimate of expected remediation costs associated with an existing environmental reserve. Aside from the impact of LIFO accounting charges, the transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition and the reduction in the environmental reserve, the reduced operating results were primarily due to higher incentive compensation costs resulting from the resumption of our incentive compensation program, which was suspended in fiscal 2009 and is tied to our financial performance.

Interest expense, net

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Interest expense, net

 $19,887 $18,710 $1,177  6.3% 

        Interest expense for fiscal 2010 increased compared to fiscal 2009, after reclassifying all interest related to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to discontinued operations. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to higher interest rates in fiscal 2010, which resulted from the June 2009 replacement of our 87/8% senior unsecured notes due 2011 with our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes.

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 $ $1,759 $(1,759) (100.0)%

        Fiscal 2009 included a $1.8 million write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount related to our 87/8% senior unsecured notes due 2011, which were satisfied and discharged in June 2009. No loss on repurchase of senior notes was incurred in fiscal 2010.

Income taxes

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 $ Change % Change 

Income taxes

 $4,540 $(2,945)$7,485  NM 

Effective tax rate

  21.9% NM       

Table of Contents

        Income taxes for both periods were impacted by certain discrete items, including a decrease in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, favorable permanent differences and tax credits which do not necessarily fluctuate with earnings.

Net earnings

 
 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Change 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $16,235 $1,386 $14,849 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share

 $0.98 $0.09 $0.89 
        

Net earnings from discontinued operations

 $62,423 $13,238 $49,185 

Net earnings from discontinued operations per diluted common share

 $3.77 $0.81 $2.96 
        

Net earnings

 $78,658 $14,624 $64,034 

Net earnings per diluted common share

 $4.75 $0.90 $3.85 
        

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

  16,551  16,304  247 

        The increase in earnings from continuing operations was primarily due to higher net sales with a higher gross margin resulting from a change in sales mix and higher royalty income, but partially offset by higher SG&A,effective tax rate during Fiscal 2012, each as discussed above. The increased results of the discontinued operations reflects the $49.5 million after-tax gain on the sale of substantially all the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, partially offset by the impact of fiscal 2010 including 11 months of activity prior to the sale (compared with 12 months of activity in fiscal 2009).

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is our sale and distribution of apparel products through our direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution in the United States and, to a lesser extent, the United Kingdom.distribution. Our primary uses of cash flow include the acquisition of apparel products in the operation of our business, as well as operating expenses including employee compensation and benefits, occupancy related costs, funding of capital expenditures for new and remodeled retail stores, marketing and advertising costs, other general and administrative operating expenses and the payment of periodic interest payments related to our financing arrangements,arrangements. Additionally we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures, payment of our quarterly

54

Table of Contents

dividends and repayment of indebtedness. As we purchase products for sale prior to selling the products to our indebtedness.customers in both our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, in the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory and we also extend credit to our wholesale customers, resulting in a certain amount of required working capital to operate our business. If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to their terms, each of which is described below. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash on hand, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or futureadditional credit arrangementsfacilities and sales of debt or equity securities.

        Although our net sales, operating income and operating cash flows were impacted by the uncertain economic conditions that began in fiscal 2008, we have maintained positive operating cash flows for each fiscal year during these uncertain economic conditions, and we anticipate net sales and operating cash flows will increase as economic conditions continue to improve. Also, we believe we have maintained a strong balance sheet and liquidity through various actions taken in recent years including (1) purchasing inventory at levels which mitigated inventory markdown risk and promotional pressure, as appropriate, (2) reducing working capital levels, (3) reducing our corporate overhead costs, (4) exiting certain underperforming businesses in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes, (4) reducing our capital expenditures related to new store openings during the economic downturn and (5) divesting substantially all

As of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group in January 2011. As a result of these actions in the preceding years and positive operating cash flows, we were able to (1) purchase the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010 for $60 million plus up to $20 million of contingent consideration dependent upon the acquired business meeting certain earnings thresholds, (2) repurchase $45 million in aggregate principal of our 113/8% Senior Secured


Table of Contents

Notes for approximately $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, in fiscal 2011 and (3) invest approximately $35.3 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2011. After all of these events,February 1, 2014 we had approximately $13.4$8.5 million of cash on hand aswith $141.6 million of January 28, 2012 with no borrowings outstanding and $148.1$96.5 million of availability under our $175 million U.S. Revolving Credit agreement.revolving credit agreements. We believe our balance sheet and anticipated positive cash flows from operating activities in the future provides us with ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands and our direct to consumer initiatives in future periods and potentially replace our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes with lower cost borrowings in July 2012.

periods.

Key Liquidity Measures

($ in thousands)
 January 28, 2012 January 29, 2011 $ Change % Change February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% Change

Current assets

 $215,273 $268,913 $53,640 19.9%

Current liabilities

 117,554 147,091 (29,537) (20.1)%
         
Total current assets$271,032
$222,390
$48,642
21.9%
Total current liabilities133,046
124,266
8,780
7.1%

Working capital

 $97,719 $121,822 $(24,103) (19.8)%$137,986
$98,124
$39,862
40.6%
         

Working capital ratio

 1.83 1.83     2.04
1.79
 
 

Debt to total capital ratio

 34% 45%     35%34% 
 

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities, including assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations. Bothliabilities. Our current assets increased significantly at February 1, 2014 as compared to February 2, 2013 resulting in a significantly higher working capital and current liabilities decreased significantly from January 29, 2011 to January 28, 2012, primarily as a result of the conversion of the $57.7 million of assets related to discontinued operations,working capital ratio as of January 29, 2011, to cash and the payment of the $40.7 million of liabilities related to discontinued operations, as of January 29, 2011, as well as the impactFebruary 1, 2014. Changes in each of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 113/8% Senior Secured Notes for approximately $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, during fiscal 2011. The other changes in our current assets and liabilitiesworking capital accounts are discussed below.
For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders' equity. Debt was $106.0$141.6 million at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and $147.1$116.5 million at January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, while shareholders' equity was $204.1$260.2 million at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and $180.0$229.8 million at January 29, 2011.February 2, 2013. The change in thecomparable debt to total capital ratio from January 29, 2011 to January 28, 2012 was primarily a result of our repurchase of $45.0 millionat February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 reflects an increase in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes in fiscal 2011 and earnings from continuing operations during fiscal 2011, which resulted indebt, but also an increase in shareholders' equity. The increase in debt was primarily due to (1) $43.4 million of capital expenditures incurred in Fiscal 2013, (2) the $17.9 million payment related to the acquisition of our former licensee's Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, (3) $11.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock in Fiscal 2013, and (4) $5.6 million of net cash used in financing activities related to stock transactions with employees associated with stock-based awards, which in the aggregate exceeded the $52.7 million of cash flows from operations during Fiscal 2013. Shareholders' equity during the year.increased from February 2, 2013, primarily as a result of net earnings less dividends paid in Fiscal 2013. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet

The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands) and calculations of changes in the information included in our consolidated balance sheets. Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 compared to January 29, 2011.

February 2, 2013.

Current Assets:


 January 28, 2012 January 29, 2011 $ Change % Change February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% Change

Cash and cash equivalents

 $13,373 $44,094 $(30,721) (69.7)%$8,483
$7,517
$966
12.9 %

Receivables, net

 59,706 50,177 9,529 19.0%75,277
62,805
12,472
19.9 %

Inventories, net

 103,420 85,338 18,082 21.2%143,712
109,605
34,107
31.1 %

Prepaid expenses, net

 19,041 12,554 6,487 51.7%23,095
19,511
3,584
18.4 %

Deferred tax assets

 19,733 19,005 728 3.8%20,465
22,952
(2,487)(10.8)%
         

Total current assets related to continuing operations

 215,273 211,168 4,105 1.9%
         

Assets related to discontinued operations

  57,745 (57,745) NM 
         

Total current assets

 $215,273 $268,913 $(53,640) NM $271,032
$222,390
$48,642
21.9 %
         


55

Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents as of January 28, 2012 decreased comparedFebruary 1, 2014 reflects a typical cash amount maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, which generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million. Any excess cash and cash equivalents as of January 29, 2011 duegenerally is used to the net impact in fiscal 2011 of cash flow used by us to (1) repurchase $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount ofrepay amounts outstanding under our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes for approximately $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, (2) our $35.3 million of capital expenditures during fiscal 2011, (3) increases in working capital requirements as our business continues to grow, and (4) the payment of $8.6 million of dividends, which in the aggregate were partially offset by (1) positive cash flows generated from our continuing operations and (2) the conversion of the net assets related to our discontinued operations into cash.revolving credit agreements, if any. Receivables, net as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 increased compared to January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 primarily due to the increasedsignificantly higher wholesale sales in our Lanier Clothes operating groupsgroup in the last two months of fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 compared to the last two months of fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2012 and higher credit card receivables as of February 1, 2014 due to higher credit card transactions near year-end that had not yet been remitted to us at year-end.
Inventories, net as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 increased from January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 in each of our operating groups. These increases were primarily due to an increasethe earlier shipment of product from our suppliers, in part due to the timing of the Chinese New Year holiday, and to support anticipated sales and growth as well as the timing of spring 2012 shipments, which were received earlier in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, and the increased product cost of inventories at January 28, 2012.growth. The increase in prepaid expenses, net from January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 to January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 was primarily due to the increasetiming of payments and recognition of the related expense for certain prepaid items, including rent, product samples, certain operating expense contracts, retail packaging supplies, advertising and other operating expenses, which were partially offset by a reduction in prepaid taxes and otheras we were in an income tax payable position at February 1, 2014 compared to a prepaid expenses.position at February 2, 2013. Deferred tax assets have increaseddecreased from January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 primarily as a result of the changereductions in timing differencesdeferred tax assets associated with inventory,accrued compensation, which were partially offset by changes related to accruals for compensation and other liabilities. The decrease in deferred tax assets related to discontinued operations was the result of the conversion of the assets related to discontinued operations into cash during fiscal 2011.

inventories.

Non-current Assets:


 January 28, 2012 January 29, 2011 $ Change % Change February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% Change

Property and equipment, net

 $93,206 $83,895 $9,311 11.1%$141,519
$128,882
$12,637
9.8%

Intangible assets, net

 165,193 166,680 (1,487) (0.9)%173,023
164,317
8,706
5.3%

Goodwill

 16,495 16,866 (371) (2.2)%17,399
17,275
124
0.7%

Other non-current assets, net

 19,040 22,117 (3,077) (13.9)%24,332
23,206
1,126
4.9%
         

Total non-current assets, net

 $293,934 $289,558 $4,376 1.5%$356,273
$333,680
$22,593
6.8%
         

Table of Contents

The increase in property and equipment, net at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 was primarily due to the fiscal 2011 capital expenditures during Fiscal 2013, which were partially offset by fiscal 2011 depreciation expense including any fixed asset impairment charges.in Fiscal 2013. The decreaseincrease in intangible assets, net was primarily due to fiscal 2011the intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama Canada, which was acquired in Fiscal 2013, partially offset by the amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman.Sherman in Fiscal 2013. The decreaseincrease in goodwill from February 2, 2013 was primarily related to certain adjustments to the opening balance sheetgoodwill associated with our acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer which were recognizedthe Tommy Bahama business in fiscal 2011.Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. The decreaseincrease in other non-current assets was primarily due to the amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs and a decrease inhigher asset balances set aside for potential deferred compensation assets during fiscal 2011.

obligations.

Liabilities:


 January 28, 2012 January 29, 2011 $ Change % Change 

Current liabilities related to continuing operations

 $117,554 $106,306 $11,248 10.6%

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 103,405 147,065 (43,660) (29.7)%
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013$ Change% Change
Total current liabilities$133,046
$124,266
$8,780
7.1 %
Long-term debt137,592
108,552
29,040
26.8 %

Non-current contingent consideration

 10,645 10,745 (100) (0.9)%12,225
14,450
(2,225)(15.4)%

Other non-current liabilities

 38,652 44,696 (6,044) (13.5)%51,520
44,572
6,948
15.6 %

Non-current deferred income taxes

 34,882 28,846 6,036 20.9%32,759
34,385
(1,626)(4.7)%
         

Total liabilities related to continuing operations

 $305,138 $337,658 (32,520) (9.6)%
         

Liabilities related to discontinued operations

 $ $40,785 (40,785) NM 
         

Total liabilities

 $305,138 $378,443 $(73,305) NM $367,142
$326,225
40,917
12.5 %
         

Current liabilities at February 1, 2014 increased as compared to February 2, 2013, reflecting (1) $6.6 million of income tax payable as of February 1, 2014 compared to being in a prepaid income tax position at the prior year end, (2) higher accounts payable primarily as a result of higher inventory levels and (3) the $2.5 million current contingent consideration liability, which in the aggregate were partially offset by (1) lower accrued compensation balances as of February 1, 2014, resulting from lower incentive compensation being earned in Fiscal 2013 and (2) lower levels of debt outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement as of February 1, 2014. The increase in current liabilitieslong-term debt was primarily due to the increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to higher inventory purchases near year end in fiscal 2011 to support higher anticipated sales for spring 2012 as well as the $2.5(1) $43.4 million of contingent consideration earnedcapital expenditures incurred in Fiscal 2013, (2) the $17.9 million payment related to the acquisition of our former licensee's Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, (3) $11.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock in Fiscal 2013 and payable as(4) $5.6 million of January 28, 2012.net cash used in financing activities related to stock transactions with employees associated with stock-based awards, which in the aggregate exceeded the $52.7 million of cash flows from operations during Fiscal 2013. The changedecrease in non-current contingent consideration from January 29, 2011 to January 28, 2012 reflectsat February 1, 2014 was primarily the increase in the fair valueresult of $2.5 million of the contingent consideration offset byobligation

56

Table of Contents

being classified as a current liability as the reclassificationamount is expected to be paid in the first quarter of $2.5 million of contingent consideration to contingent consideration earned and payable, which is included in current liabilities. The decrease in otherFiscal 2014. Other non-current liabilities increased as of February 1, 2014 compared to the prior year primarily resulted from the decreasesdue to increases in the deferred rent and deferred compensation balances during fiscal 2011.liabilities. Non-current deferred income taxes have increased from January 29, 2011decreased at February 1, 2014 primarily as a result of thea change in timingthe book to tax differences associated with depreciable assets. The decrease in liabilities related to discontinued operations was a resultdeferred rent and accrued compensation balances partially offset by the impact of the payment of the remaining liabilities associated with the discontinued operations during fiscal 2011.

intangible asset book to tax differences.

Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the net cash flows resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):



 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011

Net cash provided by operating activities

 $44,645 $35,691 $60,975 $52,734
$67,098
$44,247

Net cash used in investing activities

 (35,708) (71,553) (11,297)(59,130)(62,515)(35,708)

Net cash used in financing activities

 (57,216) (11,223) (65,026)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,938
(10,594)(56,818)

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 17,479 82,860 20,579 

17,479
       

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 $(30,800)$35,775 $5,231 $542
$(6,011)$(30,800)
       

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010

Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $8.5 million, $7.5 million and $13.4 million at February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and $44.1 million at January 28, 2012, and January 29, 2011, respectively. Changes in cash flows in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 related to operating activities, investing activities, financing activities and discontinued operations are discussed below.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Operating Activities:
In

        TheFiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, operating cash flows for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 of $44.6activities provided $52.7 million and $35.7$67.1 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense, change in fair value of contingent consideration, loss on repurchase of senior notes and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts, as applicable. The lower cash flow from operating activities, despite the higher earnings, for Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to Fiscal 2012 earnings including a $9.1 million loss on repurchase of senior notes and Fiscal 2013 having less favorable changes in working capital accounts, as compared to the same period in the prior year. In Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and non-current liabilities. In Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in other non-current liabilities.


Investing Activities:
During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, investing activities used $59.1 million and $62.5 million of cash, respectively. The cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee, while Fiscal 2012 included $1.8 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee. The remaining $43.4 million and $60.7 million of cash flow used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, were for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.
Financing Activities:
During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, financing activities provided $6.9 million and used $10.6 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2013, we increased debt by $25.0 million based on our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operating activities. In Fiscal 2012, we increased debt by $10.5 million based on cash need for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our senior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. In Fiscal 2012, we paid

57


$5.0 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 contingent consideration payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. We paid dividends of $11.9 million and $9.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Operating Activities:
In Fiscal 2012, operating activities generated $67.1 million of cash, while in Fiscal 2011, operating activities generated $44.2 million of cash, with the increase in cash flow from operating activities for Fiscal 2012 primarily being due to more favorable changes in working capital accounts and an increase in net earnings, both as compared to the prior year. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period, adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense and a change in fair value of contingent consideration andas well as the loss on repurchase of senior secured notes as well asand the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts. TheIn Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, between the two periodswhich was primarily due to the higher earningspartially offset by an increase in fiscal 2011, despite the $9.0 million loss on repurchase of $45.0 million of our senior secured notes.other non-current liabilities. In fiscalFiscal 2011, the more significant changes in working capital were increasesan increase in inventories, receivables, and prepaid expenses and a decrease in other non-current liabilities, each of which decreased cash and were partially offset by an increase in current liabilities during fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2010, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventoriesliabilities.
Investing Activities:
During Fiscal 2012 and accounts payable as we increased our inventory in anticipation of higher sales for spring 2011.

Investing Activities:

        During fiscalFiscal 2011, and fiscal 2010, investing activities used $35.7$62.5 million and $71.6$35.7 million, respectively, of cash. In fiscal 2010, we used approximately $58.3During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, $60.7 million and $35.3 million, respectively, of cash to acquire the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations. Capitalwas used for capital expenditures of $35.3 million in fiscal 2011 primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives, distribution center enhancements and retail store and restaurant remodeling while the $13.3and distribution center enhancements. During Fiscal 2012, we also paid $1.8 million in fiscal 2010 primarily related to costs associated with new retail storesour acquisition of the assets and information technology initiatives.

operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business.

Financing Activities:

During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2012, financing activities used $57.2$10.6 million and $11.2of cash, while in Fiscal 2011 financing activities used $56.8 million respectively, of cash.cash with changes in debt being the most significant changes in financing activities during each period. In fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2012, we paid $52.2increased debt by $10.5 million, plus accrued interest, for the repurchase of $45.0 million aggregate principal amount ofwhile replacing our 113/8%borrowings under our Senior Secured Notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 2012, we paid $5.0 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2011 and paidFiscal 2012 contingent consideration payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. During Fiscal 2011, we reduced debt by $49.6 million by using cash on hand to repurchase a portion of our Senior Secured Notes. We used $9.9 million and $8.6 million of dividends. These cash outlays exceeded the proceeds of $2.7 million from the exercise of stock options in fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2010, we used cash generated from operating activities to pay $7.3 million of dividends during Fiscal 2012 and repay $4.1 million of company owned life insurance policy loans, while also accumulating cash on hand at January 29, 2011.

Fiscal 2011, respectively.

Discontinued Operations:

The cash flows provided by discontinued operations reflect cash flow provided by or used in the activities of our discontinued operations, which include the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The cash flow from discontinued operations in fiscalFiscal 2011 primarily reflects the conversion of assets related to the discontinued operations into cash, net of the use of cash to pay liabilities, including income taxes, associated with the sold business during fiscal 2011 as well as the receipt of $3.7 million of cash related to the sale of our former Oxford Apparel operating group which was received in fiscalFiscal 2011. The cash flows provided by discontinued operations in fiscal 2010 reflect the $102.8 million of proceeds from the sale of the discontinued operations during fiscal 2010, as well as the cash flow generated by the normal operations discontinued operations during fiscal 2010 prior to the January 2011 sale, which consisted of earnings from the discontinued operations less increased working capital requirements during the year.


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

        Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $44.1 million and $8.3 million at January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010, respectively. The change in cash was primarily due to the cash flow activities discussed below.

Operating Activities:

        The operating cash flows for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 of $35.7 million and $61.0 million, respectively,There were primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period, adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization and stock compensation expense as well as changes in our working capital accounts. In fiscal 2010, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and accounts payable as we increased our inventory in anticipation of higher sales in spring 2011, whereas fiscal 2009 reflected a $35.7 million reduction in inventories during fiscal 2009 as we reduced our inventory levels in all operating groups due to the economic uncertainty and our exit from certain businesses.

Investing Activities:

        During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, investing activities used $71.6 million and $11.3 million, respectively, of cash. In fiscal 2010, we used approximately $58.3 million of cash to acquire the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations. Additionally, we used cash totaling $13.3 million and $11.3 million of capital expenditures in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, which were primarily related to new retail stores and costs associated with investments in certain technology initiatives.

Financing Activities:

        During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, financing activities used $11.2 million and $65.0 million, respectively, of cash. In fiscal 2010, the primary use of cash for financing activities was the payment of dividends and the repayment of loans related to certain company owned life insurance policies. In fiscal 2009, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the proceeds from the issuance of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes were used to repurchase $166.8 million aggregate principal amount of our 87/8% Senior Unsecured Notes, to pay $5.9 million of dividends and to pay $5.0 million of financing costs associated with the issuance of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes in June 2009.

Discontinued Operations:

        Theno cash flows from discontinued operations reflect cash flow provided by or used in the activities of our discontinued operations. The change in cash flow from discontinued operations primarily reflects the $102.8 million of proceeds from the sale of the discontinued operations during fiscal 2010, but also reflects that the discontinued operations were reducing working capital requirements in fiscal 2009 and increasing working capital requirements in fiscal 2010.

subsequent to Fiscal 2011.

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The table below provides a description of our significant financing arrangements andsets forth the amounts outstanding under theseour financing arrangements (in thousands) as of January 28, 2012:

February 1, 2014:

 
 Outstanding 

$175 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement"), which is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, accrues interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability, requires interest payments monthly with principal due at maturity (August 2013) and is secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable (other than royalty payments in respect of trademark licenses), inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), general intangibles (other than trademarks, trade names and related rights), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries,  Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries and a second priority security interest in those assets in which the holders of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes have a first priority security interest

 $ 

£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement"), which accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus 3.5%, requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand and is collateralized by substantially all of the United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman

  
2,571
 

11.375% Senior Secured Notes ("113/8% Senior Secured Notes"), which accrue interest at an annual rate of 11.375% (effective interest rate of 12%) and require interest payments semi-annually in January and July of each year, require payment of principal at maturity (July 2015), are subject to certain prepayment penalties, are secured by a first priority interest in all U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights and certain future acquired real property owned in fee simple of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its consolidated domestic subsidiaries and a second priority security interest in those assets in which the lenders under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement have a first priority security interest, and are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries

  
105,000
 

Unamortized discount

  (1,595)
    

Total debt

 $105,976 

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

  2,571 
    

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 $103,405 
    
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")$137,592
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")3,993
Total debt141,585
Short-term debt(3,993)
Long-term debt$137,592


The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into in June 2012 and amended in November 2013, amended and restated our prior $175 million U.S. revolving credit facility. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (2.1% as of February 1, 2014), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible

58


trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement was amended in November 2013 primarily to (1) extend the maturity date of the facility from June 2017 to November 2018, (2) reduce the applicable margin (by 25 to 50 basis points, depending on excess availability under the facility at the time of determination) used to determine the applicable interest rate(s); and (3) modify certain other provisions and restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement in a manner that is more favorable to and/or less restrictive on us.

The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin (4.0% as of February 1, 2014); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.
To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities when issued. As of January 28, 2012, approximately $9.3February 1, 2014, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we had approximately $148.1$92.6 million and $3.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and approximately $3.2 million in unused availability under the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Covenants and Other Restrictions:
Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes.


Table of Contents

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties:

        Our credit facilities and 113/8% Senior Secured Notesour U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities and 113/8% Senior Secured Notes are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $26.25$23.5 million or (ii) 15%10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $26.25$23.5 million or (ii) 15%10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.

        Additionally, pursuant to the indenture governing our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, our ability to incur certain indebtedness or to make certain restricted payments, as defined in the indenture, is subject to our meeting certain conditions, including in each case the condition that our fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in the indenture, not be less than 2.0 to 1.0 for the preceding four fiscal quarters on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the proposed indebtedness or restricted payment and, in the case of a restricted payment, the condition that the aggregate total of all restricted payments not exceed a certain allowable amount calculated pursuant to a formula set forth in the indenture. Restricted payments under the indenture include, without limitation, cash dividends to shareholders, repurchases of our capital stock, and certain investments.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities and notes entered into at the time we entered into our agreements. During fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 and as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilitiesfacilities.
Redemption and 113/8%Repurchase of Senior Secured Notes.

        At any time prior to July 15, 2012,Notes:

In Fiscal 2011, we may redeem all or a portionrepurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 113/8%our Senior Secured Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, at a price equal to the greater of (i) 100%for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.

In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date ofmature in July 2015. The redemption or (ii) as determined by an independent investment banker (as prescribed under the indenture), the sum of the present values of 105.688% of the principal amount of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, being redeemedincluding a premium of $6.0 million, for $111.0 million, plus scheduled paymentsaccrued interest, and the related write-off of interest (not including any portion$1.7 million of such paymentsunamortized deferred financing costs and $1.4 million of interest accrued asunamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of the datesenior notes of redemption) from the date of$9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption to July 15, 2012 discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate (as defined in the indenture) plus 50 basis points, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        On or after July 15, 2012, we may redeem all or a portion of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, in amountssatisfied and discharged all of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal


Table of Contents

amount), togetherour obligations with accrued and unpaid interest, if any,respect to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning July 15 of the years indicated below:

2012

  105.688%

2013

  102.844%

2014 and thereafter

  100.000%

        Although we have not entered into any arrangements as of the date of this report, we currently intend to seek to redeem on or after July 15, 2012 the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes outstanding at that time with other borrowings, which may include additionaland the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, borrowings under another variable rate revolving credit agreement, a fixed interest rate term loan, senior notes or a combinationAgreement.


59


Other Liquidity Items:

We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, interest payments on our debt during fiscal 2012 and dividends, if any, primarily from positive cash flow from operations supplemented by cash on hand and borrowings under our lines of credit, if necessary. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. AtWe anticipate that at the maturity of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the 113/8% Senior Secured Notesany of our financing arrangements or if the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement was required to be paid, we anticipate thatas otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt with terms available in the market at that time, which may or may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreements.

agreements or current market terms.

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, by future period (in thousands):

 Payments Due by Period
 
Less Than
1 year
1-3 Years3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Total
Contractual Obligations:     
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement(1)$
$
$
$
$
Operating leases(2)59,991
105,456
84,131
190,633
440,211
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements5,482
3,061


8,543
Letters of credit8,458



8,458
Contingent purchase price consideration(3)2,500
12,500


15,000
Other(4)(5)(6)




Total$76,431
$121,017
$84,131
$190,633
$472,212

 
 Payments Due by Period 
 
 Less Than
1 year
 1-3
Years
 3-5
Years
 More Than
5 Years
 Total 
 
 (In thousands)
 

Contractual Obligations:

                

113/8% Senior Secured Notes(1)

 $ $ $105,000 $ $105,000 

Interest on 113/8% Senior Secured Notes(1)

  11,944  23,888  5,972    41,804 

U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement(2)

           

Operating leases(3)

  42,299  80,418  59,195  104,924  286,836 

Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements

  4,766  9,027  3,222    17,015 

Letters of credit

  9,325        9,325 

Contingent purchase price consideration(4)

  2,500  5,000  12,500    20,000 

Other(5)(6)(7)

           
            

Total

 $70,834 $118,333 $185,889 $104,924 $479,980 
            


(1)
The $105 million of 113/8% Senior Secured Notes reflect our fiscal 2011 repurchase of $45 million of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, but do not assume any other redemption or repurchase in or after fiscal 2012.

(2)
Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of January 28, 2012, no amounts were outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $2.6 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.

(3)
Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are generally not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in fiscal 2011 totaled approximately $12.5 million.

(4)
Amounts reflected in the table reflect the maximum amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which totaled $20 million as of January 28, 2012. Amounts are payable if certain performance criteria related to the acquired business are met during the four years subsequent to acquisition. As of January 28, 2012, our balance sheet reflects a liability of $13.1 million associated with this arrangement, of which $10.6 million is included in non-current contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheets, which reflects the fair value of the non-current anticipated payments as of that date and $2.5 million is included in contingent consideration earned and payable in our consolidated balance sheets, which is expected to be paid during fiscal 2012 as the amounts were earned in fiscal 2011.

(5)
Amounts totaling $8.8 million of deferred compensation obligations and obligations related to the postretirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life insurance policies, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of
(1)Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of February 1, 2014, $137.6 million was outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which matures in November 2018, and $4.0 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, which is payable on demand. During Fiscal 2013, interest paid on these revolving credit arrangements was $3.8 million.

(2)Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are, in some cases, not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2013 totaled $18.8 million.


(3)Amounts reflected in the table reflect the maximum amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which totaled $15.0 million as of February 1, 2014. Amounts are payable if certain performance criteria related to the acquired business are met during Fiscal 2014. As of February 1, 2014, our consolidated balance sheet reflects a liability of $14.7 million associated with this arrangement, of which $12.2 million is included in non-current contingent consideration with the remainder classified as a current liability in our consolidated balance sheet, and in the aggregate reflects the fair value of the anticipated payments as of that date. As of February 1, 2014, we anticipate that the maximum amount of the obligation will be paid.

(4)
Amounts totaling $11.1 million of deferred compensation obligations and obligations related to the post-retirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life insurance policies, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.

(5)An environmental reserve liability of $1.6 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements

60

Table of Contents


(6)
An environmental reserve liability of $1.9 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and the timing of payment is uncertain.


(7)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities of $34.9 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilities are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilities by period could be misleading.

(6)Non-current deferred tax liabilities of $32.8 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilities are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilities by period could be misleading.

Our anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, are expected to be approximately $60$55 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening new retail stores and restaurants, remodeling retail stores and restaurants, information technology initiatives, retail store remodeling,including e-commerce capabilities, and distribution centerfacility enhancements.

Dividend Declaration

On March 26, 2012,25, 2014, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.15$0.21 per share payable on April 27, 2012May 2, 2014 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 13, 2012.17, 2014. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including but not limited to, payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report and the discussion of our credit facilities and 113/8% Senior Secured Notes above.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC's definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing


Table of Contents

basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and other accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of earnings could be misstated.

The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant accounting policies, estimates and methods we use.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Our revenue primarily consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, andas well as wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.


61

Table of Contents

Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, as we believe the criteria for revenue recognition are met atwhich is considered the time of sale.shipment for e-commerce sales. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings. As direct to consumer products may be returned in future periods after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014, our direct to consumer return reserve was approximately $2.3$2.1 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 would have had a $0.2 million pre-tax impact on earnings in Fiscal 2013.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from continuing operationsthe customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement and the products are generally considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. In certain cases in fiscal 2011.

which we retain risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.

In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns, allowances, and operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were approximately $8.4$9.7 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.8$1.0 million on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to


Table of Contents

reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, our allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $2.0$0.6 million, and therefore, if the allowance for doubtful accounts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of approximately $0.2$0.1 million on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2013.

Inventories, net

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons' fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For direct to consumer inventory, we provide an allowance for goods expected to be sold below cost and shrinkage.cost. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions that take into considerationconsidering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends and general economic conditions.

Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date.

For consolidated financial reporting, approximately $88.5$120.5 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) method cost or market after deducting the $52.4$56.7 million LIFO reserve as of January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014. The remaining $14.9$23.2 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014. As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, approximately 86% and 87%, respectively,February 1, 2014, 84% of our inventories were accounted for using the LIFO method. Generally, our inventories related to our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market and our inventories related to our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups as LIFO inventory pools do not correspond to our operating group definitions. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. We considerdeem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are

62

Table of Contents

considered in LIFO accounting. ForAs our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and in the results of operations in our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this report, the impact of LIFO accounting is included in Corporate and Other.

purposes.

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we had recorded a reserve of approximately $1.0$2.2 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of markdowns for inventory valued on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and markdowns in excess of the LIFO reserve as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 would have a pre-tax impact of approximately $0.1$0.2 million on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements after consideration of the existence of our significant LIFO reserve of $52.4$56.7 million, or 38%28% of the FIFO cost of the inventory, as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, as well as the high gross margins historically achieved for the sale of our lifestyle branded products. A change in inventory levels at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as


Table of Contents

such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.

Given the significant amount of uncertainties surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances and year-end Producer Price indexes, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the Producer Price Index and markdown reserves. We do recognize on a quarterly basis during the first three quarters of the fiscal year changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterly basis.

The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, in connection with our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations,recent acquisitions, we recognized a write-up of inventories of approximately $1.8 million above the cost of acquired inventories to fair value, which we included in our allocation of purchase price. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, approximately $0.8 million of the write-up wasamounts were recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2010, and the remaining $1.0 million ofperiods subsequent to the write-up, which was included in inventories, net in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 29, 2011, was recognized as cost of goods sold during fiscal 2011acquisition as the acquired inventory was sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of earnings as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if we had made different assumptions, the impact on our consolidated financial statements could be significant.

Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 totaled approximately $165.2$173.0 million, which includes approximately $4.8$11.6 million of customer relationshipsintangible assets with finite lives, including reacquired license rights and $160.4customer relationships, and $161.5 million of trademarks with indefinite lives. At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on management'sour assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuationvaluations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of future net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, discount rates and discount rates.income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        As a result of our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we recognized $30.5 million of intangible assets including trademarks and customer relationships in our consolidated balance sheet at acquisition using the methodology outlined above. These acquired


Table of Contents

intangible assets consist of $27.5 million of indefinite lived trademarks and $3.0 million of definite lived customer relationships.

Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets listed above. Such estimates involve significant

63

Table of Contents

uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 15 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control.control, including customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future undiscounteddiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $1.2$2.2 million during fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 and is anticipated to be approximately $0.9$2.5 million in fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

In fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, no impairment charges related to intangible assets were recognized. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our intangible assets for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. As a result of our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we allocated approximately $16.9 million of goodwill to the Lilly Pulitzer business. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.

        In September 2011,

We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the FASB issued an update to their accounting guidance regarding goodwill impairment testing. This update, which we adopted infirst day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal 2011 and resulted in no material impact on our consolidated financial statements, allows us to assessyear. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, and whether itas well as to consider if an interim test is necessary to perform the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill. The qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairmentappropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. As performed in prior years and as may be determined necessary in future periods,In the two-step evaluation ofevent we determine that we will bypass the recoverability of goodwillqualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business


Table of Contents

using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which requiremay be very subjective, judgment, includedconsidered in such a valuation includediscounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, which are based on our future expectations for the business. Additionally, the discount rate, used in this analysis is an estimate ofwhich estimates the risk-adjusted market-basedmarket based cost of capital.capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

        We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in estimating future cash flows for the assessment. In addition to the annual impairment test, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate impairment between the annual tests, we would perform an impairment test at that time. In performing this interim assessment, we consider the factors and circumstances used in performing the qualitative assessment to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2009.Fiscal 2011. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the assumptions utilized in testing our goodwill for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities areis dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. The excess of financial statement over tax basis of an

64

Table of Contents

investment in a foreign subsidiary in excess of undistributed earnings is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in certainsubstantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested. For each of these entities, the tax basis equals or exceeds the financial basis as of January 28, 2012.

        Also,reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for any foreign subsidiary due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. The company does notWe consider the undistributed earnings of itssubstantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S.,United States as of February 1, 2014 and therefore records thehave not recorded a deferred tax liability on suchthese earnings in the year they are included in theour consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50%) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur, or circumstances change, that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.

As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only to the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and management judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the realizability of uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances or other considerations, and the jurisdictions or significance of earnings in future periods each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes that are outside of our control including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements could also have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increase in our consolidated income tax rate from 32.8%43.7% to 33.8%44.7% during fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 would have reduced net earnings from continuing operations by approximately $0.4$0.8 million.

Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences, which are updated and refined throughout the year. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from our expectations from earlier in the year. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the realizability of an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, the jurisdictions generating operating income or loss, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs so that the year to date tax provision reflects the expected annual rate.

As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and future losses may not be deductible, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a very significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. Furthermore, the recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the year.

Fair Value Measurements

For many assets and liabilities the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We utilize certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, as well as in other circumstances, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date, including the fair value of contingent consideration obligations, and assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.


Table of Contents

As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we may be obligated to pay up to $20 million if certain performance criteria are metin cash in the aggregate, over the four year period subsequent toyears following the December 2010 acquisition. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we recognized the fair valueclosing of the contingent consideration asacquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the datecontingent

65

Table of the acquisition.Contents

consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. As of the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Such valuation requiresrequired assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, which each involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement will be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the full $20 million of contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value.

value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors.

Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. As of January 28, 2012, we still anticipate thatGenerally, the performance criteria will be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria in fiscal 2011. Additionally, we evaluated the discount rate as of January 28, 2012. As of January 28, 2012, we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was approximately $13.1 million, with $2.5 million of the $13.1 million of contingent consideration being classified as a current liability in contingent consideration earned and payable in our consolidated balance sheet as the $2.5 million was earned in fiscal 2011 and is expected to be paid in the first half of fiscal 2012. The remaining $10.6 million of the contingent consideration is included in non-current contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012. If the discount rate used in the valuation of the contingent consideration as of January 28, 2012 was decreased by 100 basis points, the fair value of the contingent consideration as of January 28, 2012 would have increased to $13.4 million from $13.1 million with the difference in value being reflected as an increase in operating income in our consolidated statement of earnings for fiscal 2011.

        The fair value of the contingent consideration liability is expected to increase each period with the recognition of the change in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as we approach the payment dates of the contingent consideration absent any significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration earned during the prior year. During fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, we recognized change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of earnings. The amounts recognized in fiscal 2011 primarilyFiscal 2012 reflect the passage of time rather thanas well a significant change in the discount rate at February 2, 2013 as discussed below, while Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2011 primarily reflected the passage of time using a discount rate deemed appropriate at that time, with no significant changes in our assumptions used in determining fair value during fiscal 2011. We estimatethe year.

As of February 2, 2013, we determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods was appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned was greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carries over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) consideration that the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeded both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceeded the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
An increase in the discount rate of 100 basis points as of February 1, 2014 would decrease the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation included in our consolidated balance sheet and the change in fair value of contingent consideration relatedcharge to the passageour consolidated statement of timeearnings for Fiscal 2013 by $0.1 million, while we believe a change in fiscal 2012 will be approximately $2.4 million; howeverprojected earnings for Fiscal 2014 of 10% would not impact the total change in fair value of contingent consideration expense recognized in fiscal 2012 could be significantly different if we change certain of our assumptions related to the contingent consideration during fiscal 2012. The change in fair value of contingent consideration in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 couldas the earnings targets for those years would still be significantly different than the amounts recognized in fiscal 2011 or currently anticipated for fiscal 2012.

expected to be exceeded.

We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are


Table of Contents

appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.

For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.



RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        The FASB has issued certain changes to

There are no recent accounting pronouncements which may impactissued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that are expected to have a material effect on our financial statements in future periods upon adoption. For details on these accounting pronouncements, see Note 1position, results of operations or cash flows.

66

Table of Contents

SEASONALITY
Each of our consolidated financial statementsoperating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the seasonality impact on individual operating groups and for our total company, see Part I, Item1, Business, included in this report.


SEASONALITY

        Our operating groups are impacted by seasonality. For details of the impact of seasonality on our operating groups and consolidated operating results, see Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Our objective isperiods and intend to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. Although we have not historically entered into such contracts, weflow. This may also enterbe achieved, in part, by entering into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debtborrowings in order to fix the interest rate on variable rate debtvariable-rate borrowings if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment of appropriate risk also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives. None of our debt was entered into for speculative purposes. Also, although we are not precluded from doing so, we have not historically engaged in hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk, but we may consider such alternatives in the future. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we had $2.6$141.6 million of debt outstanding which was subject to variable interest rates. Our lines of credit, which include our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, accrue interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit. During fiscal 2011,
In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we fixed the averageinterest rate on certain of our borrowings, ranging from $25 million to $45 million, during the period from August 2013 until March 2015, which essentially results in a portion of our anticipated debt outstandinglevels during those periods being fixed rate borrowings at a rate equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Based on our current borrowings under our revolving credit agreements, was approximately $3.7 million; we therefore did not incur a substantial amount ofanticipate that interest expense related to our variable rate debtwill be approximately $4.5 million during Fiscal 2014 assuming no significant changes in fiscal 2011 andinterest rates. We estimate that a 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our fiscal 2011 operating results. We do not believe that borrowings and interest rates, and therefore interest expense, for fiscal 2011 are necessarily indicative of borrowings in future periods.

consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credit change, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change. We dochange to the extent we have not anticipate the need to have a significant amount of borrowings outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credits to fund our


Table of Contents

ongoing operations during fiscal 2012; however, we may have amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credits at certain times during fiscal 2012 based on our seasonal working capital requirements or if anticipated cash requirements exceed our current expectations. Additionally, if we repurchase all or a portion of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes outstanding in the future with borrowings under our variable-rate lines of credit, make other changes to our capital structure or acquire additional businesses in the future, such transactions could significantly increase our borrowing levels under variable-rate lines of credit. Thus, interest expense as well as our exposure to changes in variable interest rates would increase materially if borrowings under our variable-rate lines of credit increase in future periods.

        As of January 28, 2012, we had $105 million aggregate principal amount of fixed-rate debt outstanding, consisting of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, which haveentered into an effective interest rate of 12.0% and mature in July 2015. Such fixed-rate debt may result in higher interest expense than could be obtained under variable interest rate arrangements in certain periods, including fiscal 2011, but is primarily intended to provide long-term financing of our capital structure and minimize our exposure to increases in interest rates. A change in the market interest rate impacts the fair value of our fixed-rate debt but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows. Our ability to reduce the amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes outstanding without a significant premium may be limited under the terms of the indenture governing our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes.

swap for those amounts.

Foreign Currency Risk

To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. We receive United States dollars for most of our product sales. However, approximatelyLess than 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. These salesAs of February 1, 2014, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily relateresults from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to Ben Sherman sales(1) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in thecurrencies other than its functional currency; (2) our United Kingdom and Europe. European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.
A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of earnings in future periods, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales during fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 denominated in foreign currencies,pound sterling, if the United States dollar had been 10% stronger against the British pound we would have experienced a decrease in consolidated net sales of approximately $6.5 million, but we believe the impact on operating income would not have been material.

$5.0 million.

Substantially all of our inventory purchases, including goods for operations in the United Kingdom, from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a United States dollar arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the British pound) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted significantly.


67

Table of Contents

We may from time to time purchase short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates.rates and the amounts outstanding at any time during the year may vary. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we were a party to approximately $26.5$27.7 million of such contracts that were unsettled, which had an unrealized fair value resulting in a liability of approximately $0.5$0.3 million. These contracts primarily consist of $17$20 million of agreements to purchase U.S.United States dollars with British pound sterling and $9$8 million of agreements to sell Euro for British pound sterling. During fiscal 2011, foreign currency forward exchange contracts outstanding did not exceed $43.4 million at any time. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset being recognized in other comprehensive income or our consolidated statement of earnings if the transaction does or does not, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


Table of Contents

We anticipate that as we expand Tommy Bahama intoBahama's international marketsmarket presence in the future, our exposure to foreign currency changes will increase.increase and it may be appropriate to enter into hedging arrangements for these operations. We also anticipate that we will have exposure to foreign currency changes for currencies that we currently do not have any exposure to, including various currencies in Asia. Initially, that exposure will be a result of the net investment in those currencies as we expand international operations. The extent of our exposure will be dependent upon the timing of when and to what magnitude we expand into international markets. Therefore, we do not believe it is possible to provide a meaningful estimate of the potential impact of our future exposure to foreign currencies related to our Tommy Bahama international operations at this time.

We view our foreign investments as long-term and, as a result, we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.

Commodity and Inflation Risk

We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw materials and finished goods and increased operating costs to the extent that any such fluctuations are not reflected by adjustments in the selling prices of our products. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through selective price increases when possible, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We do not enter into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts, and we do not engage in hedging activities with respect to such commodity risk. Based on purchases and negotiations for inventory purchases thus far in fiscal 2012, it appears that certain of the product costing pressures, including the price of cotton, that were experienced during the second half of fiscal 2011 have eased as we purchase products for the second half of fiscal 2012. However, it appears that certain other product costing pressures, including transportation and labor, may not decline much, if at all, from the cost levels of fiscal 2011.



68


Table of Contents


Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par amounts)


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013

ASSETS

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 $13,373 $44,094 $8,483
$7,517

Receivables, net

 59,706 50,177 75,277
62,805

Inventories, net

 103,420 85,338 143,712
109,605

Prepaid expenses, net

 19,041 12,554 23,095
19,511

Deferred tax assets

 19,733 19,005 20,465
22,952

Assets related to discontinued operations, net

  57,745 
     

Total current assets

 215,273 268,913 271,032
222,390

Property and equipment, net

 93,206 83,895 141,519
128,882

Intangible assets, net

 165,193 166,680 173,023
164,317

Goodwill

 16,495 16,866 17,399
17,275

Other non-current assets, net

 19,040 22,117 24,332
23,206
     

Total Assets

 $509,207 $558,471 $627,305
$556,070
     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 $89,149 $83,211 
Accounts payable$75,527
$66,004

Accrued compensation

 23,334 23,095 18,412
25,472

Contingent consideration earned and payable

 2,500  

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

 2,571  

Liabilities related to discontinued operations

  40,785 
     
Income tax payable6,584

Other accrued expenses and liabilities26,030
24,846
Contingent consideration2,500

Short-term debt3,993
7,944

Total current liabilities

 117,554 147,091 133,046
124,266

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 103,405 147,065 
Long-term debt137,592
108,552

Non-current contingent consideration

 10,645 10,745 12,225
14,450

Other non-current liabilities

 38,652 44,696 51,520
44,572

Non-current deferred income taxes

 34,882 28,846 32,759
34,385

Commitments and contingencies

 

Shareholders' Equity:

  

Common stock, $1.00 par value per common share

 16,522 16,511 
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share16,416
16,595

Additional paid-in capital

 99,670 96,597 114,021
104,891

Retained earnings

 111,551 90,739 153,344
132,944

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 (23,674) (23,819)(23,618)(24,585)
     

Total shareholders' equity

 204,069 180,028 260,163
229,845
     

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 $509,207 $558,471 $627,305
$556,070
     

See accompanying notes.

notes.-+


69


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011

Net sales

 $758,913 $603,947 $585,306 $917,097
$855,542
$758,913

Cost of goods sold

 345,944 276,540 294,493 403,523
385,985
345,944
       

Gross profit

 412,969 327,407 290,813 513,574
469,557
412,969

SG&A

 358,582 301,975 283,706 447,645
410,737
358,582

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 2,400 200  275
6,285
2,400

Royalties and other operating income

 16,820 15,430 11,803 19,016
16,436
16,820
       

Operating income

 68,807 40,662 18,910 84,670
68,971
68,807

Interest expense, net

 16,266 19,887 18,710 4,169
8,939
16,266

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

 9,017  1,759 
9,143
9,017
       

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 43,524 20,775 (1,559)

Income taxes (benefit)

 14,281 4,540 (2,945)
       
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes80,501
50,889
43,524
Income taxes35,210
19,572
14,281

Earnings from continuing operations

 29,243 16,235 1,386 45,291
31,317
29,243

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 137 62,423 13,238 
       
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

137

Net earnings

 $29,380 $78,658 $14,624 $45,291
$31,317
$29,380
        

Earnings from continuing operations, net of taxes, per common share:

 
Earnings from continuing operations per share:  

Basic

 $1.77 $0.98 $0.09 $2.75
$1.89
$1.77

Diluted

 $1.77 $0.98 $0.09 $2.75
$1.89
$1.77
       

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per common share:

 
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share: 

Basic

 $0.01 $3.77 $0.81 $
$
$0.01

Diluted

 $0.01 $3.77 $0.81 $
$
$0.01
       

Net earnings per common share:

 
Net earnings per share: 

Basic

 $1.78 $4.76 $0.90 $2.75
$1.89
$1.78

Diluted

 $1.78 $4.75 $0.90 $2.75
$1.89
$1.78

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 
Weighted average shares outstanding:  

Basic

 16,510 16,537 16,297 16,450
16,563
16,510

Dilution

 19 14 7 32
23
19
       

Diluted

 16,529 16,551 16,304 16,482
16,586
16,529
       

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.52 $0.44 $0.36 
Dividends declared per share$0.72
$0.60
$0.52

See accompanying notes.



70

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011

Net earnings

 $29,380 $78,658 $14,624 $45,291
$31,317
$29,380

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

  

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

 (381) (536) 4,365 703
171
(381)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on forward foreign currency exchange contracts

 526 (43)  
       
Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges264
(1,082)526

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

 145 (579) 4,365 967
(911)145
       

Comprehensive income

 $29,525 $78,079 $18,989 $46,258
$30,406
$29,525
       

See accompanying notes.



71

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)


 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Total 
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total

Balance, January 31, 2009

 15,866 $88,425 $10,621 $(27,605)$87,307 
January 29, 201116,511
96,597
90,739
(23,819)$180,028

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

   14,624 4,365 18,989 

29,380
145
29,525

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax provision of $0.4 million

 595 (950)   (355)

Compensation expense for stock awards

  4,365   4,365 

Cash dividends declared and paid

   (5,889)  (5,889)
           

Balance, January 30, 2010

 16,461 91,840 19,356 (23,240) 104,417 

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

   78,658 (579) 78,079 

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.1 million

 50 224   274 

Compensation expense for stock awards

  4,533   4,533 

Cash dividends declared and paid

   (7,275)  (7,275)
           

Balance, January 29, 2011

 16,511 96,597 90,739 (23,819) 180,028 

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

   29,380 145 29,525 

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.4 million

 85 2,646   2,731 
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million85
2,646


2,731

Compensation expense for stock awards

  2,180   2,180 
2,180


2,180

Repurchase of common stock

 (74) (1,753)   (1,827)(74)(1,753)

(1,827)

Cash dividends declared and paid

   (8,568)  (8,568)

(8,568)
(8,568)
           

Balance, January 28, 2012

 $16,522 $99,670 $111,551 $(23,674)$204,069 
           
January 28, 201216,522
99,670
111,551
(23,674)204,069
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss

31,317
(911)30,406
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million73
2,465


2,538
Compensation expense for stock awards
2,756


2,756
Cash dividends declared and paid

(9,924)
(9,924)
February 2, 201316,595
104,891
132,944
(24,585)229,845
Net earnings and other comprehensive income

45,291
967
46,258
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million44
7,471


7,515
Compensation expense for stock awards
1,659


1,659
Repurchase of common stock(223)
(12,976)
(13,199)
Cash dividends declared and paid

(11,915)
(11,915)
February 1, 2014$16,416
$114,021
$153,344
$(23,618)$260,163

See accompanying notes.



72

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)


 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

  

Earnings from continuing operations

 $29,243 $16,235 $1,386 $45,291
$31,317
$29,243

Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation

 25,959 18,216 21,354 31,677
25,310
25,959

Amortization of intangible assets

 1,195 973 1,217 2,225
1,025
1,195

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 2,400 200  275
6,285
2,400

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount

 1,662 1,952 1,611 443
962
1,662

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

 9,017  1,759 
9,143
9,017
Gain on sale of property and equipment(1,611)

Stock compensation expense

 2,180 4,549 4,003 1,659
2,756
2,180

Deferred income taxes

 5,375 (4,620) (8,114)674
(3,753)5,375
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation(6,086)(354)(398)

Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

   

Receivables

 (9,740) 162 1,250 (11,917)(3,026)(9,740)

Inventories

 (18,332) (17,920) 35,669 (29,488)(5,408)(18,332)

Prepaid expenses

 (6,030) (369) 79 (3,068)(1,640)(6,030)

Current liabilities

 6,074 22,340 (1,220)16,821
2,429
6,074

Other non-current assets

 1,684 (1,260) (1,390)(1,031)(3,886)1,684

Other non-current liabilities

 (6,042) (4,767) 3,371 6,870
5,938
(6,042)
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

 44,645 35,691 60,975 52,734
67,098
44,247

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

   

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 (398) (58,303)  (17,888)(1,813)(398)

Purchases of property and equipment

 (35,310) (13,328) (11,308)(43,372)(60,702)(35,310)

Other

  78 11 
       
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment2,130


Net cash used in investing activities

 (35,708) (71,553) (11,297)(59,130)(62,515)(35,708)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

   

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

 (112,212) (172,082) (252,764)(329,695)(193,328)(112,212)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

 114,835 172,082 219,444 354,649
307,270
114,835

Repurchase of senior notes

 (52,175)  (166,805)
(111,000)(52,175)

Proceeds from the issuance of senior notes

   146,029 

Repayment of company owned life insurance policy loans

  (4,125)  

Deferred financing costs paid

   (5,049)(401)(1,524)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 2,731 177 8 

Repurchase of common stock

 (1,827)   

Dividends on common stock

 (8,568) (7,275) (5,889)
       

Net cash used in financing activities

 (57,216) (11,223) (65,026)
Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned
(4,980)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including excess tax benefits7,499
2,892
3,129
Repurchase of stock awards for employee tax withholding liabilities(13,199)
(1,827)
Cash dividends declared and paid(11,915)(9,924)(8,568)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities6,938
(10,594)(56,818)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

   

Net operating cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations

 13,735 (19,930) 20,594 

Net investing cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations

 3,744 102,790 (15)
       

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 17,479 82,860 20,579 

17,479
       

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 
(30,800

)
 
35,775
 
5,231
 

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

 79 31 (233)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 44,094 8,288 3,290 
       

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 $13,373 $44,094 $8,288 
       

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest, net, including interest paid for discontinued operations

 $15,033 $18,560 $20,051 

Cash paid for income taxes, including income taxes paid for discontinued operations

 $40,839 $20,859 $9,741 

See accompanying notes.



73


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Net change in cash and cash equivalents542
(6,011)(30,800)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents424
155
79
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year7,517
13,373
44,094
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year$8,483
$7,517
$13,373
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:   
Cash paid for interest, net$3,826
$8,348
$15,033
Cash paid for income taxes$18,158
$25,442
$40,839
See accompanying notes.


74

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

February 1, 2014

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business Activity

We are a global apparel company whichthat designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®, as well as owned and licensed brands for tailored clothing and golf apparel. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of owned retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate 13 Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to aselected Tommy Bahama retail store.stores. Our branded and private label tailored clothing products are distributed through department stores, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs, mass merchants and Internet retailers. Originally founded in 1942, we have undergoneunderwent a transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing, distributingmarketing and marketingdistributing branded apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our consolidated financial statements reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Oxford Apparel Group, as discussed in Note 15.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms listed below (or words of similar import)Fiscal 2011; Fiscal 2012; Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 reflect the respective period noted:

52 weeks ended January 28, 2012; 53 weeks ended February 2, 2013; 52 weeks ended February 1, 2014 and 52 weeks ending January 31, 2015, respectively.

Fiscal 2012

53 weeks ending February 2, 2013

Fiscal 2011

52 weeks ended January 28, 2012

Fiscal 2010

52 weeks ended January 29, 2011

Fiscal 2009

52 weeks ended January 30, 2010

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest entity of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary.beneficiary, if any. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of earnings from the respective dates of the acquisitions. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

        We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control and have not been determined to be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of the entity. However, if we own a greater than 50% ownership interest in an entity and the minority shareholders hold certain


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

rights that allow them to approve or veto certain major decisions of the business, we would use the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Allocations of income and loss and distributions by the entity are made in accordance with the terms of the ownership agreement and reflected in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of earnings. We did not own any material investments in an unconsolidated entity accounted for under the equity method as part of our continuing operations in any period presented.

We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statementstatements of earnings. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition. During fiscal 2011,
On December 21, 2010, we finalized our valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired for the December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, which we operate as our Lilly Pulitzer operating group subsequent to acquisition. We initially paid $60 million in cash, adjusted for net working capital as of the closing date for the acquisition. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets, as discussed in Note 14.

During the second quarter of Fiscal 2012, we acquired for $1.8 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business. Additionally, during the second quarter of Fiscal 2013, we acquired for $17.9 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. For the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, allocation of the purchase price to significant

75

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assets acquired based on their respective fair values is as follows: reacquired license rights of $11.0 million, inventory of $4.4 million and fixed assets of $1.7 million.
Transaction costs related to these business combinations, which are not included in the purchase price amounts paid to the sellers disclosed above, are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, and wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, as we believe the criteria for revenue recognition are met atwhich is considered the time of sale.shipment for e-commerce sales. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings.

For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. In certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time. In


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.

In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns, allowances, and operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, reserve balances related to these items were $8.4$9.7 million and $9.2$11.1 million, respectively.

In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offs in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, bad debt reserve balances were $2.0$0.6 million and $2.6$1.0 million, respectively.

Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are recorded as a liability until they are redeemed, at which point revenue is recognized. We have determined that based on historical experience gift card balancescards and merchandise credits are unlikely to be redeemed once they have been outstanding for fourthree years and therefore may be recognized as income, subject to applicable laws in certain states.states, at that time. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized, is included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $6.0 million and $4.9 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively. Gift card breakage, which was not material in any period presented, is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized, is included in trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets.


76

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Royalties from the license of our owned brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee's actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees. In some cases, we may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalty income was $16.8$16.9 million $15.3, $16.4 million and $11.6$16.8 million during fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively and is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of earnings.

Cost of Goods Sold

We include in cost of goods sold and inventories all manufacturing, sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as in-bound freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs,


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers' fees, consolidators' fees and consolidators' fees.depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement operations. Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earnings classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.

SG&A

We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and shipping and handling of goods for delivery to customers as well as all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses) and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.

Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in SG&A totaled approximately $23.2$22.6 million $21.6, $24.4 million and $21.4$23.2 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees as revenuesin net sales and classify costs related to shipping in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.

All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the period when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers' advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run for products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are generally recognized as SG&A. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in SG&A for fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010were $32.3 million, $27.6 million and fiscal 2009 were $23.7$23.7 million $15.2 million and $15.0 million,, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 were $1.2$1.9 million and $0.8$1.6 million, respectively.

        Operating costs (including store set-up, rent and training expenses) incurred prior to the opening of new retail stores are expensed as incurred and are included in SG&A.

Royalties related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on net sales of the branded products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010were $5.0 million, $4.8 million and fiscal 2009 were $4.2$4.2 million $3.4 million and $2.7 million,, respectively. Such amounts may be dependent upon sales of our products which we sell pursuant to the terms of a license agreement with another party.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.


77

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

During fiscalFiscal 2010, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we accrued the fair value of contingent consideration totaling $10.5$10.5 million as a non-cash investingfinancing activity. We also accrued an additional$0.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.4 million of change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of earnings during fiscal 2011. The amount to ultimately be paidFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and timing of payments of the contingent consideration is uncertain at this time as the payment is dependent upon the acquired Lilly Pulitzer business meeting certain earnings thresholds in the four years subsequent to the December 21, 2010 acquisition.Fiscal 2011, respectively. The maximum amount payable pursuant to the contingent consideration agreement is $20$20 million in the aggregate,aggregate. Amounts paid pursuant to this contingent consideration arrangement are reflected in payment of which $2.5 million wascontingent consideration earned in fiscal 2011our consolidated statements of cash flows and is expected to be paid during the first half of fiscal 2012.

discussed in more detail in Note 6.

During fiscalFiscal 2010, in connection with our sale of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group, we accrued $5.4$5.4 million, which was placed in escrow and payable to us upon completion of the related working capital calculation, less the working capital shortfall. This amount represents a non-cash investing activity. In fiscalFiscal 2011, we received $3.7$3.7 million of the escrow, with the remaining amount being returned to the purchaser as a result of the working capital and other adjustments.

Inventories, net

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior-seasons' fashion products, broken assortments, and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends and general economic conditions.

Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date.

For consolidated financial reporting, as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011, approximately $88.5February 2, 2013, $120.5 million, or 86%84%, and $74.1$92.5 million, or 87%84%, of our inventories arewere valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $14.9$23.2 million and $11.3$17.1 million of our inventories arewere valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We considerdeem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10.

The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we recognized a write-up of inventories in connection with our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations of approximately $1.8 million above the cost of the acquired inventories to fair value, which was included in our allocation of purchase price. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, approximately $0.8 million of the write-up was recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2010, with the remaining $1.0 million of the write-up recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2011.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and any assets under capital leases, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to the statementour consolidated statements of earnings as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:



78

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Leasehold improvements

 Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 2 – 15 years

Buildings and improvements

 7 – 40 years

Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an asset and other factors. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings, with the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of earnings being depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which are included in cost of goods sold. Depreciation expense for fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010included $0.0 million, $0.3 million, and fiscal 2009 included approximately $4.6$4.6 million $0.4 million and $2.3 million,, respectively, of impairment charges for property and equipment.equipment, which generally relate to leasehold impairments at retail stores. Depreciation by operating group in Note 10 and in our consolidated statements of cash flows includes these impairment charges. Approximately $3.7In Fiscal 2011, $3.7 million of the $4.6 million of impairment charges in fiscal 2011 reflect impairment of retail store and restaurant assets in the Tommy Bahama operating group. Substantially all of the impairment charges were recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.

Intangible Assets, net

At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademark, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. If thisan annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, which coincides with the timingor at an interim date if indicators of our annual budgeting processimpairment exist at that is used in estimating future cash flows for the analysis. date. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.

We recognize amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 15 years in some cases. The determination of an appropriate useful life for

79

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amortization is based onconsiders the remaining contractual period of the required right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well asassets and factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from operationsthe intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.

Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks and customer relationships, are generally expensed as incurred.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.

        In September 2011,

We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the FASB issued an update to their accounting guidance regarding goodwill impairment testing. This update, which we adopted infirst day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal 2011 resulted in no material impact on our consolidated financial statements, and allows us to assessyear. The qualitative factors to


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill. The qualitative factorsthat we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. As performed in prior years and as may be determined necessary in future periods,In the two-step evaluation ofevent we determine that we will bypass the recoverability of goodwillqualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which mymay be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

        We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in estimating future cash flows for the assessment. In addition to the annual impairment test, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate impairment between the annual tests, we would perform an impairment test at that time. In performing this interim assessment, we consider the factors and circumstances used in performing the qualitative assessment to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.

If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in theour consolidated financial statements. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during any periods presented.

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, all the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for tax purposes.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net

Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including rent, taxes, samples, insurance, royaltiesadvertising and advertising.royalties. Other non-current assets primarily consist of investmentsassets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan deferred financing costs andas discussed below, assets related to certain investments in officers' life insurance policies.

        Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense forpolicies, security deposits and deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, was $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Additionally, approximately $1.1 million, $0.0 million and $1.5 million of deferred financing costs were written off as a loss on repurchase of senior notes in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, in conjunction with our repurchase, satisfaction and discharge of senior notes in the respective period. Unamortized deferred financing costs totaled approximately $2.7 million and $4.9 million at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively.

costs.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Officers' life insurance policies that are owned by us, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, the officers' life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled approximately $5.3$5.8 million and $5.1$5.5 million, respectively. During fiscal 2010, we repaid $4.1 million of loans associated with

Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life insurance policies.

Deferred Compensation

80

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the employee resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.

The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation investments,liabilities, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 was $9.0$11.4 million and $9.9$10.3 million, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled approximately $8.8$11.1 million and $9.8$10.0 million at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, respectively.

Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Accrued Compensation

Liabilities

Liabilities for trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers' compensation, which are included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.

We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate to disputes about intellectual property, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental and tax matters. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in theother accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome and amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. We believe the outcome


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.

Contingent Consideration and Contingent Consideration Earned and Payable

In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we must recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Absent any other changes to assumptions included in our valuation of the contingent consideration, we expect as time passes that the fair value of the contingent consideration will increase due to the passage of time as we approach the payment dates. AAdditionally, a change in assumptions related to the contingent consideration in future periods could have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheets or our consolidated statements of earnings.financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized as change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of earnings.

As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we maywould be obligated to pay up to $20$20 million if certain performance criteria are met in cash in the aggregate, over the four year period subsequent toyears following the December 2010 acquisition.closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent consideration arrangement and amounts earned and paid are discussed in further detail in Note 6. As of the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5$10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration

81

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

arrangement will be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the full $20 million of contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20$20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value.value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may not be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors. As of January 28, 2012, we still anticipateanticipated that the performance criteria willwould be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria in fiscal 2011. Additionally,Fiscal 2011, and we evaluatedreevaluated the discount rate as of January 28, 2012. at that time.
As of January 28,February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned is greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and January 29, 2011,Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carries over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeded both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceeded the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflects the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
As of February 1, 2014, we determinedstill anticipate that the performance criteria will be met based on our consideration of (1) the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria through Fiscal 2013, resulting in a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2013 and earlier which carries over as a reduction to the Fiscal 2014 target and counts towards the cumulative target and (2) Fiscal 2013 operating results exceeding the Fiscal 2014 target. Our discount rate at February 1, 2014 reflects these assumptions about the minimal uncertainty about these amounts being earned.
A summary of the fair value of the contingent consideration was approximately $13.1 millionliability, including non-current and $10.7 million, respectively. As of January 28, 2012, $2.5 million of the $13.1 million of contingent consideration was classifiedcurrent amounts, is as a current liability in contingent consideration earned and payable in our consolidated balance sheet as the $2.5 million was earned in fiscal 2011 and is expected to be paid in the first half of fiscal 2012. The remaining $10.6 million of the contingent consideration is included in non-current contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2012. As of January 29, 2011, the entire amount of the $10.7 million fair value of contingent consideration was included in non-current contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheets as no amount had been earned and payable as of January 29, 2011.

        During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, we recognized change in fair value of contingent consideration of $2.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in our statements of earnings with no such amounts recorded in fiscal 2009. The amounts recognized in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 primarily reflect the passage of time rather than significant changes in our assumptions during those periods.

follows (in thousands):

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our operating lease agreements as discussed below, deferred compensation as discussed above, and income tax uncertaintiesan environmental remediation reserve as discussed in Note 8.

Leases

In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, restaurant, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property and equipment and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays and/or landlord build-out-related allowances, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and does not assume that any termination options included in the lease

82

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

will be exercised. The amount by which rents payable under the lease since lease inception differs from the amount recognized on a straight-line basis since lease inception is recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011February 2, 2013 was approximately $24.5$37.8 million and $28.8$31.6 million, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.

If we vacate leased space and determine that we do not plan to use the space in the future, we recognize a loss for any future rent payments, less any anticipated future sublease income and adjusted for any deferred rent amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet on that date. Additionally, for any lease that we terminate and agree to a lease termination payment, we recognize a loss for the lease termination payment at the time of the agreement. No material amounts of such charges were incurred in any period presented. During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, we recognized $0.1 million, $2.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of charges related to lease termination losses and vacated leased office space that we exited or otherwise do not intend to utilize in the future. During fiscalFiscal 2011, we recognized a reduction in deferred rent of approximately $3.6$3.6 million resulting from our decision to exit certain leases by negotiating a lease termination or by deciding that we will exercise an early termination option for certain existing lease agreements. These amounts are reflected as a reduction to SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we purchasegenerate net sales or sell goodsincur expenses in foreign currencies.currencies other than the functional currency of the business. We have determined that the functional currency for substantially all of our operations is the respective local currency. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the functional currency of the subsidiary are remeasured into the functional currency of the subsidiary at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are remeasured at the average


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such remeasurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings in the respective period. Net gains (losses) related to foreign currency transactions recognized in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 were not material.

material to our consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, the financial statements of our subsidiaries for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of earnings. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the period.

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments, which include our forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. The criteria used to determine if a derivative instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are whether an appropriate hedging instrument has been identified and designated to reduce a specific exposure and whether there is a high correlation between changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the identified exposure based on the nature of the hedging relationship. Based on the nature of the hedging relationship, a qualifying derivative is designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign business. As of February 1, 2014, all of our derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are designated as cash flow hedges.
We formally document hedging instruments and hedging relationships at the inception of each contract. Further, we assess both at the inception of a contract and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the risk of the hedged transaction. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings

83

Table of ContentsForward
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(losses). Cash flows related to hedging transactions are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of earnings in the same category as the items being hedged.
We do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We did not hold any derivative financial instruments, which had not been settled, that were not designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 and no significant ineffectiveness was recorded on qualifying hedges during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.
The counterparties to our derivative contracts are generally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. To manage our credit risk related to our derivative financial instruments, we periodically monitor the credit risk of our counterparties, limit our exposure in the aggregate and to any single counterparty, and adjust our hedging position, as appropriate. The impact of credit risk, as well as the ability of each party to fulfill its obligations under our derivative financial instruments, is considered in determining the fair value of the contracts. Historically, credit risk has not had a significant effect on the fair value of our derivative contracts. We do not have any credit risk-related contingent features or collateral requirements with our derivative financial instruments.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

Risk Management

As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our U.K. businessbusinesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in U.S.United States dollars Euro or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business; (2) our U.K. businessbusinesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in Euro orcurrencies other currenciesthan the applicable functional currency; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than their functional currencies by certain of our foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we have entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our U.K.Ben Sherman United Kingdom business using pound sterling for the purchase of U.S.United States dollars, which are used for inventory purchases, and for the sale of Euro, which are generated from retail and wholesaleBen Sherman operations in Europe, for pound sterling.

Due to the magnitude of our other international operations, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our other international operations, including the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada.

The fair value and book valuevalues of the forward foreign exchange contracts which is included in prepaid expenses or accounts payable and accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets, isare determined by us based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflectsreflect the amountamounts that we would receive or pay at the short-term maturity dates for contracts involving the same currencies and maturity dates. No such contracts have been entered into for speculative purposes. All forward foreign currency exchange contracts that had not been settled as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 have contractual settlement dates during fiscal 2012. Wethe next 18 months. Thus, we anticipate that substantially all the gain (loss)substantial majority of gains (losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 that are ultimately realized will impact net earnings in fiscal 2012the next year as the contracts are settled. The accounting for changes in the fair value of such forward foreign currency exchange contracts depends on whether the contract has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and on the type of hedging relationship.

        For any forward foreign currency exchange contracts that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes and have not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on outstanding forward foreign currency exchange contracts are recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. We measure effectiveness of our forward foreign currency exchange contracts that qualify as cash flow hedges, both at inception and on an ongoing basis. Any ineffectiveness of these instruments is immediately recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings as a component of SG&A similar to the policy for such contracts not designated as hedges for


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accounting purposes as discussed below. No significant ineffectiveness was recorded on qualifying hedges during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. The notional amount of forward foreign currency exchange contracts which had not been settled that qualify as hedges for accounting purposes totaled approximately $26.5$27.7 million and $16.5$33.4 million as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, respectively.

        For any forward foreign currency exchange contracts that

Interest Rate Risk Management
As of February 1, 2014, we are not designated asexposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness, which includes our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. We generally intend to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, hedgesprimarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times we may not have any variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Additionally, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate on variable rate debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for accounting purposes,flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the unrealized gains (losses)seasonality of our business, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we swap the interest rate on outstandingcertain of our variable-rate borrowings ranging from $25 million to $45

84

Table of Contents
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined by us based on dealer quotes, which consider forward foreign currency exchange contracts arecurves and volatility levels using observable market inputs when available. We anticipate that any gain (loss) included in earnings (losses) from continuing operations as a component of SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. There were no forward foreign currency exchange contracts which had not been settled that were not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposesaccumulated other comprehensive income as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.


Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, forward foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, fair value of contingent consideration and long-term debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate their fair values. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings if any, approximate fair value.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities (in thousands) measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, (in thousands):

 
 Total Fair Value Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

January 28, 2012

             

Financial Assets:

             

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts          

 $483 $ $483 $ 

Financial Liabilities:

             

Fair value of contingent consideration, including contingent consideration earned and payable

 $13,145 $ $ $13,145 

January 29, 2011

             

Financial Liabilities:

             

Fair value of contingent consideration, including contingent consideration earned and payable

 $10,745 $ $ $10,745 

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

 $43 $ $43 $ 

        We have determined that forward foreign currency exchange contractseach of which are discussed in U.S. dollars and Euro with a notional amount of $26.5 million and $16.5 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively, are financial assets or financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis included in our consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts which were included in prepaid expenses or accounts payable and accrued liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive income in our consolidated balance sheets were determined by us based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflects the amount that we would receive or pay at the short-term maturity dates for contracts involving the same currencies and maturity dates. As we utilize dealer quotes in valuing the forward foreign currency exchange contracts, we believe that these forward foreign currency exchange contracts are most appropriately included within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

        We have determined that the $13.1 million and $10.7 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively, of contingent consideration related to our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, as discussed above, is a financial liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis included in our consolidated financial statements. We recognized a change in fair value of contingent consideration in our statement of earnings of $2.4 million during fiscal 2011, primarily due to the passage of time. Our estimate of fair value for the contingent consideration at each balance sheet date is based on our assumptions, which reflect our expectation to pay in full the aggregate $20 million of contingent consideration, discounted to present value at each balance sheet date. As many of the inputs in valuing the contingent consideration are unobservable, we believe that this liability is most appropriately classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We anticipate the $2.5 million of the contingent consideration that has been earned as a result of the fiscal 2011

further detail above:


85

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

performance, and is included in contingent consideration earned and payable in our consolidated balance sheet as


 Total Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
February 1, 2014    
Financial Liabilities:    
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts$285
$
$285
$
Interest rate swap agreements$50
$
$50
$
Fair value of contingent consideration, (current and non-current)$14,725
$
$
$14,725
February 2, 2013    
Financial Liabilities:    
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts$576
$
$576
$
Interest rate swap agreements$23
$
$23
$
Fair value of contingent consideration (current and non-current)$14,450
$
$
$14,450
For a description of January 28, 2012, will be paid during the first half of fiscal 2012.

        The net book value of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes as of January 28, 2012 is approximately $103.4 million. We have estimated thatmethods used for determining the fair value of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes is approximately $113 million as of January 28, 2012. The significant terms of our debt arrangements are disclosedthe financial instruments included in Note 5.

the table above, refer to the accounting policy description for the respective financial instrument included above. Additionally, we have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, for which the book values are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4, are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values for each of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs.

Equity Compensation

We have certain stock-based employeeequity compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant restricted stock,shares, restricted stockshare units, stock options and other stock-basedequity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize share-basedequity awards to employees and non-employee directors in our consolidated statements of earnings based on their fair values on the grant date.

The fair value of restricted shares and restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based awards.

Using the fair value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the share-basedequity awards. The share-basedFor awards which are unvested aswith specified service requirements, the fair value of January 28, 2012 are dependent upon the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequentequity awards granted to employees is recognized over the grant date; however, some prior grants were also dependent upon us meeting certain performance measures in one year and the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequent torespective service period. For performance-based awards, during the performance period if applicable,we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and it is possible that future awards may have certain performance based requirements. The amount of share-basedadjust the cumulative equity compensation expense recognized overto reflect the relative expected performance period, if any, and vesting period is calculated based upon the market value of the share-based awards on the grant date.achievement. The share-basedequity compensation expense less an estimated forfeiture rate, if material,earned by the employees is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period ifand any andadditional required service period. TheEquity compensation is recognized less an estimated forfeiture rate, if material, and the estimated forfeiture rate is assessed and adjusted periodically, as appropriate.

Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to U.S. GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and the net unrealized gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges which qualify for hedge accounting, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts which qualify for hedge accounting.and interest rate swap agreements. These amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in shareholders' equity

in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon settlement of the agreement, amounts related to foreign currency contracts are recognized as a part of the cost of inventory being hedged in our consolidated balance sheet and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold, while amounts related to interest rate swap agreements are recognized in our statements of operations as an adjustment to interest expense on the individual


86


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

in our consolidated balance sheets. The components


payment dates of the agreement. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of related income taxes, are as follows (in thousands):

 
 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 

Foreign currency translation loss

 $(24,157)$(23,776)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on forward foreign currency exchange contracts

  483  (43)
      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 $(23,674)$(23,819)
      

        In June 2011, the FASB issued an update to their guidance regarding other comprehensive income which requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders' equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements of income and comprehensive income. We adopted this guidance in fiscal 2011, with no material impact upon adoption other than changes in disclosure requirements, including the requirement to provide statements of comprehensive income for each period thatour consolidated statements of earnings arewere not material in any period presented.

Dividends

Dividends are accrued at the time that the dividend is declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter declared.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

        Our financial instruments that

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarilyas a result of our accounts receivable balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to customers operating in a number of retail distribution channels in the United States as well as in some retail distribution channels inand other countries. We extend credit and continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. NordstromTwo customers represented 13%11% and 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net, as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 with no other customers representing 10% or more of our consolidated accounts receivable at that date.
No individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. Additionally, during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2009.


Table of Contentsno


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The table below presents the percentages of net sales by any individual customer that represents represented more than 10% or more of the operating group's net sales including direct to consumerof Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer or Ben Sherman. During each of Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and wholesale sales duringFiscal 2011, the periods presented.

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009

Tommy Bahama

 (1) 10% 10%, 10%

Lilly Pulitzer

 (1) (2) (2)

Ben Sherman

 (1) 11% 15%

Lanier Clothes

 18%, 14%, 13%, 12%, 11% 22%, 14%, 11%, 10%, 10% 28%, 16%, 13%, 11%

(1)
Notop five customers of Lanier Clothes, represented 67%, 73% and 68%, respectively, of Lanier Clothes net sales. In Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the largest individual customer in Lanier Clothes represented greater than 10%17%, 19% and 18%, respectively, of the operating group's net sales during the fiscal year.

(2)
Not provided as periods were prior to acquisition and not included in our consolidated financial statements.
of Lanier Clothes.

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in certain of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested. For each of these entities, the tax basis equals or exceeds the financial basis as of January 28, 2012.

        Also,reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for these foreign subsidiaries due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We do not consider the undistributed earnings of itssubstantially all of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S.,United States as of February 1, 2014 and therefore records thehave not recorded a deferred tax liability on suchthese earnings in the year they are included in theour consolidated financial statements.



87


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.

We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the vesting of shares and exercise of our employee stock options and the vesting of stock granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference, multiplied by the appropriate tax rate, between (1) the fair market value of the stockshare at the time of vesting of a restricted share or restricted share unit or at the time of the exercise andof the option price,and (2) the amount required to be paid by the employee, if any, times the appropriate tax rate.any. We have recorded the benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of stockshares and share units granted to employees and the exercise of options as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent compensation expense has been recorded, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional benefit is recorded directly to shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. If a tax benefit is realized on compensation of an amount less than the amount recorded for financial statement purposes, the decrease in benefit is also recorded directly to shareholders' equity.

We file income tax returns in the United SatesStates and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before February 2, 2008,January 30, 2010, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings from continuing operations, earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes and net earnings per common share are calculated by dividing the respective amount by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including any unvested commonrestricted shares with nonforfeitable rights to dividends.dividends, if any. Shares repurchased are removed from the weighted average number of common shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.

Diluted earnings from continuing operations, earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, and net earnings per common share are calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculations also includeincludes the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including stockrestricted share units, options restricted stock units or other dilutive awards, if any, were converted to common shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any stockrestricted share units, options restricted stock units or other dilutive awards that


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, which will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming the conversion of the share-based awards. During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, approximately 0.1 million of stock options were excluded from our computation of diluted earnings from continuing operations, diluted earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes and diluted net earnings per common share as the options were anti-dilutive. No stock options were excluded from these calculations in fiscal 2011 as all stock options outstanding were "in the money" during fiscal 2011.

Discontinued Operations

        As discussed in Note 15, on

On January 3, 2011, we disposed of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The amounts classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheets, consolidatedfinancial statements of earnings and consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented includereflect the operations of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, as reported historically, except that (1) the operations of our Oxford Golf business and the operations of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center are reported within Corporate and Other as those operations were not sold and (2) certain corporate service costs which were previously allocated to Oxford Apparel are reported as corporate service costs included in Corporate and Other as there iswas uncertainty in whether there willwould be a reduction in those costs as a result of the Oxford Apparel sale.

        With respect to interest expense, for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 we allocated all interest expense related to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement which was incurred prior to the transaction to earnings from discontinued operations as the net proceeds from the transaction and the proceeds from the settlement

Use of the retained assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations exceeded the amounts outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement during those periods. We did not allocate any interest related to our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes to discontinued operations. The income taxes for discontinued operations reflect the residual income tax expense after calculating the income taxes for continuing operations, excluding the discontinued operations.

    Seasonality

        Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific products or styles may be very seasonal. For example, the demand in direct to consumer operations, including our own retail stores and e-commerce sites, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. Similarly, the demand in our direct to consumer operations for our Lilly Pulitzer products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring and summer seasons and lower in the holiday and fall seasons. Also, wholesale product shipments are shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons; thus the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer wholesale businesses will typically be stronger just prior to the stronger retail seasons of each brand. The sales and operating results of Ben Sherman are more consistent with a typical wholesale and retail apparel company whereby the fall and holiday seasons are typically stronger quarters than the first half of the fiscal year. As a wholesale tailored clothing

Estimates


88


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

business, the seasonality of Lanier Clothes reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries, which occur in our first and third fiscal quarters. We anticipate that as our retail store footprint increases in the future, the third quarter will continue to be our weakest net sales and operating income quarter and the percentage of the full year net sales and operating income generated in the third quarter will continue to decrease. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for fiscal 2011 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. In the information below, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 operating income includes a $5.8 million LIFO accounting charge. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income by quarter (unaudited) for fiscal 2011:


 
 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter

Net sales

 27% 24% 23% 26%

Operating income

 44% 26% 10% 20%

    Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts in our consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 presentation. In our consolidated statements of earnings, amortization of intangible assets was previously disclosed as its own line item, but is now included in SG&A. Also, for fiscal 2009, $1.8 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs that was previously included in interest expense, net has now been included in loss on repurchase of senior notes. Also, in our consolidated balance sheets, non-current fair value of contingent consideration was previously disclosed in other non-current liabilities, but is now disclosed as a separate line item.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2011, the FASB amended ASC 820 "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" in order to clarify existing guidance in U.S. GAAP, better align ASC 820 with International Accounting Standards and require additional fair value disclosures. The amendments to ASC 820 become effective in fiscal 2012, with all amendments applied prospectively with any changes in measurements recognized in earnings in the period of adoption. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting the amendments to ASC 820, but do not anticipate a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220 "Comprehensive Income." The amendments to ASC 220 become effective in fiscal 2012 and require that we present on the face of the financial


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net earnings in the statement where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented or in the notes to the financial statements. Comparative financial statements of prior periods will be presented to conform to the new guidance. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting the amendments to ASC 220, but do not anticipate a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Inventories

The components of inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013

Finished goods

 $143,482 $122,159 $187,689
$154,593

Work in process

 6,244 5,744 9,606
6,028

Fabric, trim and supplies

 6,070 3,389 3,082
5,431

LIFO reserve

 (52,376) (45,954)(56,665)(56,447)
     

Total inventory

 $103,420 $85,338 $143,712
$109,605
     

There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2009, inventories valued on the LIFO basis declined, which resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory carried at the lower costs prevailing in prior years resulting in a $3.5 million decrease to cost of goods sold as compared to the cost of current year purchases.Fiscal 2011. LIFO accounting charges, which we consider to include changes in the LIFO reserve as well as the impact of changes in inventory reserves related to lower of cost or market adjustments that do not exceed the LIFO reserve, were approximately $5.8$0.0 million $3.8, $4.0 million and $4.9$5.8 million in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013

Land

 $1,870 $1,870 $1,594
$1,870

Buildings

 28,964 28,827 
Buildings and improvements28,727
29,717

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 101,010 79,632 140,616
124,138

Leasehold improvements

 121,449 113,065 168,950
152,778
     

Subtotal

 253,293 223,394 339,887
308,503

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 (160,087) (139,499)(198,368)(179,621)
     

Total property and equipment, net

 $93,206 $83,895 $141,519
$128,882
     

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):


89

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 

Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of customer relationships:

 

Gross carrying amount

 $45,706 $45,877 
February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired license rights and customer relationships:$55,050
$45,793

Accumulated amortization

 (40,889) (39,856)(43,488)(41,994)
     

Total intangible assets with finite lives, net

 4,817 6,021 11,562
3,799

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

  

Trademarks

 160,376 160,659 161,461
160,518
     

Total intangible assets, net

 $165,193 $166,680 $173,023
$164,317
     

The changes in carrying amount of intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
 Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerBen ShermanTotal
Balance, January 29, 2011$112,480
$30,488
$23,712
$166,680
Amortization(516)(460)(219)(1,195)
Other, including foreign currency changes

(292)(292)
Balance, January 28, 2012111,964
30,028
23,201
165,193
Amortization(384)(389)(252)(1,025)
Other, including foreign currency changes

149
149
Balance, February 2, 2013111,580
29,639
23,098
164,317
Acquisition of reacquired license rights11,041


11,041
Amortization(1,687)(329)(209)(2,225)
Other, including foreign currency changes(1,076)
966
(110)
Balance, February 1, 2014$119,858
$29,310
23,855
$173,023
Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscalFiscal 2014, fiscalFiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016Fiscal 2018 is expected to be $0.9$2.5 million, $0.8$2.4 million, $0.6$2.2 million, $0.5$2.0 million and $0.4$1.8 million, respectively.

        All of

The changes in the $16.5 million and $16.9 millioncarrying amount of goodwill includedby operating group and in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 28,total, for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and January 29,Fiscal 2011 respectively, relates to our fiscal 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations. The $0.4 million decrease in goodwill from January 29, 2011 was primarily due to the finalization of the valuation of fair value for the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during fiscal 2011.

are as follows (in thousands):

 Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerTotal
Balance, January 29, 2011$
$16,866
$16,866
Purchase accounting adjustments
(371)(371)
Balance, January 28, 2012
16,495
16,495
Acquisition780

780
Balance, February 2, 2013780
16,495
17,275
Acquisition247

247
Other, including foreign currency changes(123)
(123)
Balance, February 1, 2014$904
$16,495
$17,399

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 5. Debt

The following table details our debt (in thousands):


 
 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 

$175 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement"), which is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, accrues interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability, requires interest payments monthly with principal due at maturity (August 2013) and is secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable (other than royalty payments in respect of trademark licenses), inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), general intangibles (other than trademarks, trade names and related rights), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries,  Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries and a second priority interest in those assets in which the holders of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes have a first priority interest

 $ $ 

£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement"), which accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus as much as 3.5%, requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand and is collateralized by substantially all of the United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman

  
2,571
  
 

11.375% Senior Secured Notes ("113/8% Senior Secured Notes"), which accrue interest at an annual rate of 11.375% (effective interest rate of 12%) and require interest payments semi-annually in January and July of each year, require payment of principal at maturity (July 2015), are subject to certain prepayment penalties, are secured by a first priority interest in all U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights and certain future acquired real property owned in fee simple of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its consolidated domestic subsidiaries and a second priority interest in those assets in which the lenders under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement have a first priority interest(1)(2)

  
105,000
  
150,000
 

Unamortized discount(1)(2)

  (1,595) (2,935)
      

Total debt

  105,976  147,065 

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

  (2,571)  
      

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 $103,405 $147,065 
      
90

(1)
In June 2009, we issued the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes at 97.353% of the $150 million principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $146.0 million. The net proceeds from our issuance of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes and cash on hand were used to fund the satisfaction and discharge of the $166.8 million of our previous senior notes outstanding at that time, resulting in a loss on

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 5. Debt (Continued)

 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)(2)$137,592
$108,552
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")(3)3,993
7,944
Total debt141,585
116,496
Short-term debt(3,993)(7,944)
Long-term debt$137,592
$108,552

    repurchase of senior notes of $1.8 million, consisting of a non-cash write-off of deferred financing costs and unamortized bond discount in fiscal 2009.

(2)

(1)The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into in June 2012 and amended in November 2013, amended and restated our prior $175 million U.S. revolving credit facility. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

(2)The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement was amended in November 2013 primarily to (1) extend the maturity date of the facility from June 2017 to November 2018, (2) reduce the applicable margin (by 25 to 50 basis points, depending on excess availability under the facility at the time of determination) used to determine the applicable interest rate(s); and (3) modify certain other provisions and restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

(3)The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin; (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.

In fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes for approximately $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes and related non-cash write-off of approximately $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of approximately $9.0 million in fiscal 2011.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities when issued. As of January 28, 2012, approximately $9.3February 1, 2014, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we had approximately $148.1$92.6 million and $3.2$3.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement and the indenture for the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes.Agreement.

    Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and 113/8% Senior Secured Notesour U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities and 113/8% Senior Secured Notes are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies only if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $26.25$23.5 million or (ii) 15%10% of the total revolving commitments for three consecutive business days.commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must

91

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $26.25$23.5 million or (ii) 15%10% of the total revolving commitments for thirty30 consecutive days.

        Additionally, pursuant to the indenture governing our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, our ability to incur certain indebtedness or to make certain restricted payments, as defined in the indenture, is


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 5. Debt (Continued)

subject to our meeting certain conditions, including in each case the condition that our fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in the indenture, not be less than 2.0 to 1.0 for the preceding four fiscal quarters on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the proposed indebtedness or restricted payment and, in the case of a restricted payment, the condition that the aggregate total of all restricted payments not exceed a certain allowable amount calculated pursuant to a formula set forth in the indenture. Restricted payments under the indenture include, without limitation, cash dividends to shareholders, repurchases of our capital stock, and certain investments.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities and notes entered into at the time we entered into theseour agreements. AsDuring Fiscal 2013 and as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met.met at all times. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities and 113/8% facilities.

Senior Secured Notes.

        At any time prior to July 15, 2012,Notes

In Fiscal 2011, we may redeem all or a portionrepurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 113/8%our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, at a price equal to the greater of (i) 100%("Senior Secured Notes") for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in Fiscal 2011.

In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date ofmature in July 2015. The redemption or (ii) as determined by an independent investment banker (as prescribed under the indenture), the sum of the present values of 105.688% of the principal amount of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes being redeemedfor $111.0 million, plus scheduled paymentsaccrued interest, and the related write-off of interest (not including any portion$1.7 million of such paymentsunamortized deferred financing costs and$1.4 million of interest accrued asunamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of the datesenior notes of redemption) from the date of$9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption to July 15, 2012 discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate (as defined in the indenture) plus 50 basis points, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

        On or after July 15, 2012, we may redeem all or a portion of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, in amountssatisfied and discharged all of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), togetherour obligations with accrued and unpaid interest, if any,respect to the redemption date, if redeemed duringSenior Secured Notes and the 12-month period beginning July 15 of the years indicated below:

related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

2012

  105.688%

2013

  102.844%

2014 and thereafter

  100.000%

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies

We have operating lease agreements for retail space, warehouses and sales and administrative offices as well as equipment with varying terms. As of January 28, 2012, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $42.3 million, $41.6 million, $38.8 million, $33.2 million, $26.0 million and $104.9 million for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2016 and thereafter, respectively. Total rent expense, excludingwhich includes minimum and contingent rent expense incurred, but excludes the reduction in rent expense associated with the write-off of deferred


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

rent amounts upon the exit or decision to exit retail stores, under all leases was $72.3 million, $62.9 million and $49.5 million $43.3 millionin Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and $42.0 million in fiscalFiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Most leases provide for payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and many retail leases provide for contingent rent based on retail sales, which are included in total rent expense above. These payments for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense above, but are not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments above,below, as, in some cases, the amounts payable in future periods are generally not specifiedquantified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $18.8 million, $16.1 million and $12.5 million $11.3 millionin Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and $10.3 million in fiscalFiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, which includes $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $1.2 million $0.9 million and $0.6 million, of contingent percentage rent during fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010respectively.

As of February 1, 2014, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $60.0 million, $55.3 million, $50.2 million, $45.1 million, $39.0 million and fiscal 2009,$190.6 million for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017, Fiscal 2018 and thereafter, respectively.

        We

As of February 1, 2014, we are also currently obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $4.8$5.5 million, $4.6 million, $4.4$2.9 million and $3.2$0.1 million for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2015,Fiscal 2016, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.

In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21,during Fiscal 2010, as discussed in Note 14, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which we willwould be obligated to pay cash payments of up to $2.5an additional $20 million subsequent to each ofin cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition and an additional $10 million subsequent to the end of the fourth year, each contingent uponbased on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain financialearnings targets. The potential contingent consideration is comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each

92

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of the Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.
During Fiscal 2012, we paid the maximum $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011. During Fiscal 2012, we also paid the $2.5 million Fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount, less a discount in respect of our payment of the contingent consideration amount being paid prior to year-end. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability totaling $13.1 million and $10.7 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively,February 1, 2014 is included in non-current contingent consideration and contingent consideration earned and payablecurrent liability in our consolidated balance sheets. Thissheet in the amounts of $12.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These amounts in the aggregate reflect the fair value determination assumes that the $20 million contingent consideration is earned and paid in full, but discounted to fair value as of the balance sheet date. The $2.5$15.0 million contingent on fiscal 2011 Lilly Pulitzer operating results, which is included inof contingent consideration earned and payable, was earned in full and is expected to be paid in the first half of fiscal 2012, with the excess earnings from fiscal 2011 reducing the earnings thresholds for fiscal 2012.

future periods.

During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil, although the timing of such remedial action is uncertain. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, the reserve for the remediation of this site was approximately $1.9$1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up this site, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the remediation activities required and timing of those activities become known. During fiscal 2010, the reserve for the remediation of this site decreased by $2.2 million primarily due to a reduction in our estimate of the costs required to remediate the property. The change in estimate was included as a reduction of SG&A in our consolidated statement of earnings for fiscal 2010. No other significant amounts related to this reserve were recorded in the statements of earnings in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2009.


Fiscal 2011.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 7. ShareholdersShareholders' Equity

Common Stock

We had 60 million shares of $1.00$1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011.February 2, 2013. We had 16.516.4 million and 16.6 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of each of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011.

    February 2, 2013, respectively.

Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

As of January 28, 2012 approximately 1.1February 1, 2014, 1.3 million share awards shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The planLong-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant stock-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. Shares granted or that may be granted pursuant to outstanding options under our previous stock incentive plans, our 1992 Stock Option Plan and our 1997 Stock Option Plan, continue to be governed under those plans and the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise, termination and forfeiture. No additional grants are available under the previousany predecessor plans. SinceSubsequent to December 2003, and through fiscal 2011, performance- and service-based restricted stock awardsshares and restricted share units have been the primary vehicle in our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of share-based compensation awards.

Restricted sharesshare awards and restricted share unit awards recently granted in recent yearsto officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on thatthe vesting date. At the time that therestricted shares are issued, the shareholder ismay, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, be entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock unless the shares are subsequently forfeited. At the time that restricted share units are issued, the recipient may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, earn non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividend paid per share to holders of our common stock, but does not obtain voting rights associated with the restricted share units. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling theany restricted shares or restricted share units, and generally forfeits the sharesawards upon the termination of employment, prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by our compensation committee or Board of Directors, as applicable.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 7. Shareholders Equity (Continued)

The table below summarizes the restricted stockshare activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012, and Fiscal 2011:


93

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted shares outstanding at beginning of fiscal year487,500
$12
497,500
$12
780,500
$16
Restricted shares granted



40,000
$23
Restricted shares vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability(487,500)$12


(273,000)$22
Restricted shares forfeited

(10,000)$23
(50,000)$17
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year
$
487,500
$12
497,500
$12
During each of Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we granted performance awards to certain officers and other key employees with the opportunity to earn 0.1 million restricted share units, in the aggregate. Each performance award provided the recipient with the opportunity to earn restricted share units contingent upon our achievement of certain performance objectives during the respective Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 performance periods. During Fiscal 2013, no restricted share units were earned as the performance objectives for Fiscal 2013 were not achieved. During Fiscal 2012, 0.1 million of restricted share units were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2012 performance period and were issued in March 2013. The table below summarizes the restricted share unit activity (in shares) during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009:

for Fiscal 2013:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009
 
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-average
grant date
fair value
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-average
grant date
fair value
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-average
grant date
fair value

Restricted stock outstanding at beginning of fiscal year

  780,500 $16  810,500 $15  353,657 $24

Restricted stock granted

  40,000 $23  90,000 $22  597,870 $11

Restricted stock vested, including restricted stock repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability

  (273,000)$22  (50,000)$22  (88,692)$25

Restricted stock forfeited

  (50,000)$17  (70,000)$18  (52,335)$19
             

Restricted stock outstanding at end of fiscal year

  497,500 $12  780,500 $16  810,500 $15
             
 Fiscal 2013
 
Number of
Unvested Share Units
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted share units outstanding at beginning of fiscal year
$
Restricted share units issued59,129
$47
Restricted share units vested, including restricted share units repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability

Restricted share units forfeited(2,608)$43
Restricted share units outstanding at end of fiscal year56,521
$47

The following table summarizes information about the unvested restricted share units as of February 1, 2014. The unvested restricted share units will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time.
Grant
Number of
Unvested Share Units
Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
Vesting
Date
Fiscal 2012 Restricted Share Unit Awards56,521
$47
March 2016
As of February 1, 2014, there was $1.4 million, in the aggregate, of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted share units, which have been granted but not yet vested. This expense is expected to be recognized from February 2, 2014 through March 2016.

94

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

In addition, we grant restricted stockshare or restricted share unit awards to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director's compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, less than 0.1 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.

        As of January 28, 2012, there was approximately $2.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the 0.5 million unvested share-based restricted stock awards which have been granted, but have not vested. That expense is expected to be recognized through April 2013. The following table summarizes information about the unvested shares as of January 28, 2012.

Restricted Stock Grant
 Number
of
Shares
 Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
 Vesting
Date

Fiscal 2009 Restricted Stock Awards

  437,500 $11 April 2013

Fiscal 2010 Restricted Stock Awards

  20,000 $22 April 2013

Fiscal 2011 Restricted Stock Awards

  40,000 $23 April 2013
       

  497,500    
       

Prior to and including the December 2003 grants under our previous stockshare incentive plans, we typically granted stock options to employees at certain times as determined by our Board of Directors or our compensation committee. These stock options were governed under previous plans and the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise, termination and forfeiture. Stock options were typically granted with an exercise price equal to the stock'sshare's fair market value on the date of grant. The previously granted stock options including those still outstanding, had ten-yearten-year terms and vested and became exercisable in increments of 20% on each


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 7. Shareholders Equity (Continued)

anniversary from the date of grant. The last stock options granted by us vested in fiscalFiscal 2008 and expired in Fiscal 2013, if not previously exercised, resulting in allno remaining stock options outstanding also being exercisable subsequent to that date. The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was $0.7 million and $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, while the aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014. There was approximately $1.8 million.

        A summary of theno material stock option activity during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 is presented below:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2009
 
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Stock options outstanding and exercisable, beginning of fiscal year

  151,120 $26  191,105 $25  203,245 $25

Stock options exercised

  (68,620)$25  (16,005)$12  (1,800)$11

Stock options forfeited

  (4,000)$26  (23,980)$27  (10,340)$21
             

Stock options outstanding and exercisable, end of fiscal year

  78,500 $27  151,120 $26  191,105 $25
             

        The following table summarizes information about ouror financial statement impact related to stock options outstanding, all of which are exercisable, as of January 28, 2012.

during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011.
Date of Option Grant
 Number of
Options Outstanding and
Exercisable
 Exercise
Price
 Grant-Date
Fair Value
 Expiration Date 

July 15, 2002

 12,200 $11.73 $  3.25  July 15, 2012 

August 18, 2003

 36,750 $26.44 $11.57  Aug. 18, 2013 

December 16, 2003

 29,550 $32.75 $14.17  Dec. 16, 2013 
           

 78,500        
           

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

There were approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Stock compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was approximately $0.1$0.1 million in each of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2009.

Fiscal 2011.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 7. Shareholders Equity (Continued)

    Preferred Stock

We had 30 million shares of $1.00$1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of January 28, 2012. February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 28,February 1, 2014 or February 2, 2013.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table details the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss by component (in thousands), net of related income taxes during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or January 29,and Fiscal 2011.



95

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)
Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges
Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)
Balance, January 29, 2011$(23,776)$(43)$(23,819)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications(381)(30)(411)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for loss realized
556
556
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes(381)526
145
Balance, January 28, 2012(24,157)483
(23,674)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications171
(1,976)(1,805)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for loss realized
894
894
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes171
(1,082)(911)
Balance, February 2, 2013(23,986)(599)(24,585)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications703
357
1,060
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for gain realized
(93)(93)
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes703
264
967
Balance, February 1, 2014$(23,283)$(335)$(23,618)
Note 8. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes related to continuing operations (in thousands):


96

 
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

          

Domestic

 $39,880 $16,733 $(3,864)

Foreign

  3,644  4,042  2,305 
        

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $43,524 $20,775 $(1,559)
        

Current:

          

Federal

 $8,306 $5,649 $3,050 

State

  652  2,162  1,107 

Foreign

  285  1,698  1,106 
        

  9,243  9,509  5,263 

Deferred—Federal and State

  5,385  (4,637) (8,030)

Deferred—Foreign

  (347) (332) (178)
        

Income Taxes (benefit)

 $14,281 $4,540 $(2,945)
        

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)


 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Earnings before income taxes:   
Domestic$98,476
$63,429
$39,880
Foreign(17,975)(12,540)3,644
Earnings before income taxes$80,501
$50,889
$43,524
Current:   
Federal$30,190
$21,682
$8,306
State3,911
2,365
652
Foreign423
(724)285
 34,524
23,323
9,243
Deferred—primarily Federal1,343
(3,271)5,385
Deferred—Foreign(657)(480)(347)
Income taxes$35,210
$19,572
$14,281
Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

 
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

Statutory rate

  35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

  2.3% 0.5% 26.8%

Impact of foreign earnings (loss)(1)

  (1.9)% (0.8)% 145.1%

Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards(1)

  (0.1)% (3.0)% (85.4)%

Change in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits

  (1.2)% (6.6)% 4.5%

Impact of permanent differences related to life insurance investments

  (0.9)% (2.2)% 9.1%

Impact of federal tax credits

  (1.1)% (2.1)% 28.1%

Permanent reduction of available carryforwards

    2.0%  

Other adjustment(2)

  (0.6)% (2.5)% 25.6%

Other, net

  1.3% 1.6% 0.1%
        

Effective rate for continuing operations

  32.8% 21.9% 188.9%
        

(1)
The percentage in fiscal 2009 reflects the benefit of foreign losses, including the reversal of deferred taxes recorded on undistributed earnings in prior years. A portion of this benefit is estimated to have a less than 50% probability of being realized and is therefore reduced by a valuation allowance.

(2)
The other adjustment in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 reflects the change in the expected tax impact to be realized upon reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, caused by changes in enacted foreign and state tax rates and apportionment of total taxable income among jurisdictions.

 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011
Statutory tax rate35.0 %35.0 %35.0 %
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit3.1 %3.0 %2.3 %
Impact of foreign operations2.6 %3.3 %(1.9)%
Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards4.5 %4.1 %(0.1)%
Change in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits %(3.7)%(1.2)%
Change in assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings %(1.9)% %
Other, net(1.5)%(1.3)%(1.3)%
Effective tax rate for continuing operations43.7 %38.5 %32.8 %

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):


 
 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 

Deferred Tax Assets:

       

Inventories

 $11,180 $7,555 

Accrued compensation and benefits

  8,143  10,630 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  303  373 

Depreciation and amortization

  6,003  9,924 

Non-current liabilities

  732  743 

Deferred rent and lease obligations

  303  1,766 

Operating loss carryforwards

  1,565  1,385 

Other, net

  4,198  5,412 
      

Deferred tax assets

  32,427  37,788 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

       

Acquired intangible assets

  (44,806) (45,175)

Foreign(1)

  (884) (597)
      

Deferred tax liabilities

  (45,690) (45,772)

Valuation allowance

  
(1,886

)
 
(1,857

)
      

Net deferred tax liability

 $(15,149)$(9,841)
      
97

(1)
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 February 1,
2014
February 2,
2013
Deferred Tax Assets:  
Inventories$14,674
$13,592
Accrued compensation and benefits7,993
9,868
Receivable allowances and reserves2,187
2,727
Depreciation and amortization951
1,328
Non-current liabilities609
706
Deferred rent and lease obligations3,315
2,093
Operating loss and other carryforwards6,730
3,934
Other, net1,442
787
Deferred tax assets37,901
35,035
Deferred Tax Liabilities:  
Acquired intangible assets(43,364)(42,827)
Deferred tax liabilities(43,364)(42,827)
Valuation allowance(6,831)(3,641)
Net deferred tax liability$(12,294)$(11,433)

The valuation allowance of $6.8 million and $3.6 million primarily relates to foreign operating losses for which a valuation allowance has been determined appropriate based on historical operating results in those foreign jurisdictions. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $9.6$6.0 million and $8.7$6.1 million, respectively, for which arespectively. No deferred tax liability has beenrelated to these foreign earnings, if any, was recorded at either balance sheet date, as the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are not considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States. IfThe amount of deferred tax liability not recognized on permanently reinvested earnings that would be payable if the earnings were repatriated to the United States is $0.5 million. We also consider the earnings wouldoriginal investment in our foreign subsidiaries to be subject to United States taxation at that time. The amount of deferred tax liability recognized associated with the undistributed earnings represents the approximate excess ofpermanently reinvested outside the United States as of February 1, 2014. Because the financial basis in each entity does not exceed the tax liability overbasis by an amount exceeding undistributed earnings, no additional United States tax would be due if the creditable foreign taxes paid that would result from a full remittance of undistributed earnings.original investment were to be repatriated.

Accounting for income taxes requires that individual tax-paying entities offset all current deferred tax liabilities and assets within each particular tax jurisdiction and present them as a single amount in our consolidated balance sheets. A similar procedure is followed for all non-current deferred tax liabilities and assets. Amounts in different tax jurisdictions cannot be offset against each other. The


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

amounts of deferred income taxes included in the following line items in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 February 1,
2014
February 2,
2013

Assets:

  

Deferred tax assets

 $19,733 $19,005 $20,465
$22,952

Liabilities:

  

Deferred tax liabilities

 (34,882) (28,846)(32,759)(34,385)
     

Net deferred tax liability

 $(15,149)$(9,841)$(12,294)$(11,433)
     

A reconciliationsummary of unrecognized tax benefits atfor the beginning and end of the yearmost recent three years is as follows (in thousands):



98

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)


 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Fiscal  
 2011

Balance at beginning of year

 $2,921 $4,402 $4,558 $351
$2,461
$2,921

Additions for current year tax positions

 13 15 32 17
245
13

Expiration of the statute of limitation for the assessment of taxes

 (604) (1,402) (670)(23)(2,195)(604)

Additions for tax positions of prior year

 133 153 691 6
5
133

Reductions for tax positions of prior year

 (2) (24) (64)
(138)(2)

Settlements

  (223) (145)
(27)
       

Balance at end of year

 $2,461 $2,921 $4,402 $351
$351
$2,461
       

The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. The net impact on our consolidated statements of earnings for potential penalty and interest expense related to these unrecognized tax benefits was a benefit of $0.2 millionnot material in fiscal 2011, benefit of $0.5 million in fiscal 2010 and expense of less than $0.1 million in fiscal 2009.Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. As of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011, we have recognized in our consolidated balance sheets, totalFebruary 2, 2013, no material amounts of liabilities for potential penalties and interest in the aggregate, of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. We anticipate that the amount of unrecognized benefit with respectrelated to our unrecognizeduncertain tax positions as of January 28, 2012 will decrease within the next twelve months as we believe the substantial majority of the unrecognized benefit will behave been recognized in fiscal 2012 due to settlement of issues with taxing authorities or expiration of statutes of limitations.

our consolidated balance sheets.

Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans

We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans (Continued)

liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in fiscalFiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 fiscal 2010was $2.9 million, $3.0 million and fiscal 2009 were $2.5 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Note 10. Operating Groups

Our business is primarily operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes.Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.

Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and markets collections ofdistributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our company-owned and licensed Tommy Bahama retail stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, www.tommybahama.com,tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories and operate Tommy Bahama restaurants.

categories.

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and otherrelated products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores as described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, www.lillypulitzer.com,lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

        Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, "Mod"-inspired shirt brand and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.

Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. OurThe majority of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties includingparties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our

99

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)

owned Billy London, and Arnold Brant and Oxford Republic brands. Billy London is a modern, British-inspired fashion brand geared towards the value-oriented consumer, while Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to blend modern elements of style with affordable luxury. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)

and sources certain private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Significant private label brands for which we produce tailored clothing include Lands' End, Stafford, Alfani, Structure, and Kenneth Roberts. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, warehouse clubs and discount retailers throughout the United States.

Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. The operations of businesses that are included in Corporate and Other includegroups, including our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, which were previously included in our former Oxford Apparel operating group, prior to the disposal of substantially all of the operations and assets of Oxford Apparel on January 3, 2011.operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.

The tables below presentspresent certain information about our operating groups included in continuing operations (in thousands):

 
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

Net Sales

          

Tommy Bahama

 $452,156 $398,510 $363,084 

Lilly Pulitzer

  94,495  5,959   

Ben Sherman

  91,435  86,920  102,309 

Lanier Clothes

  108,771  103,733  114,542 

Corporate and Other

  12,056  8,825  5,371 
        

Total

 $758,913 $603,947 $585,306 
        

Depreciation

          

Tommy Bahama

 $18,944 $13,427 $16,662 

Lilly Pulitzer

  1,542  150   

Ben Sherman

  2,419  2,562  3,050 

Lanier Clothes

  427  462  539 

Corporate and Other

  2,627  1,615  1,103 
        

Total

 $25,959 $18,216 $21,354 
        

Amortization of Intangible Assets

          

Tommy Bahama

 $516 $693 $888 

Lilly Pulitzer

  460  13   

Ben Sherman

  219  267  329 

Lanier Clothes

       

Corporate and Other

       
        

Total

 $1,195 $973 $1,217 
        


100

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)



 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Net sales 
Tommy Bahama$584,941
$528,639
$452,156
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
94,495
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
108,771
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
91,435
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
12,056
Total$917,097
$855,542
$758,913
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Tommy Bahama$24,806
$18,551
$19,460
Lilly Pulitzer3,215
2,402
2,002
Lanier Clothes347
421
427
Ben Sherman3,154
2,889
2,638
Corporate and Other2,380
2,072
2,627
Total$33,902
$26,335
$27,154

Operating Income (Loss)

  

Tommy Bahama

 $64,171 $51,081 $37,515 $72,207
$69,454
$64,171

Lilly Pulitzer

 14,278 (372)  25,951
20,267
14,278
Lanier Clothes10,828
10,840
12,862

Ben Sherman

 (2,535) (2,664) (8,616)(13,131)(10,898)(2,535)

Lanier Clothes

 12,862 14,316 12,389 

Corporate and Other

 (19,969) (21,699) (22,378)(11,185)(20,692)(19,969)
       

Total Operating Income (Loss)

 68,807 40,662 18,910 
Total operating income84,670
68,971
68,807

Interest expense, net

 16,266 19,887 18,710 4,169
8,939
16,266

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

 9,017  1,759 
9,143
9,017
       

Earnings (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 $43,524 $20,775 $(1,559)
       

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

Tommy Bahama

 $24,686 $11,225 $5,618 

Lilly Pulitzer

 3,228 277  

Ben Sherman

 4,220 963 3,442 

Lanier Clothes

 85 30 21 

Corporate and Other

 3,091 833 2,227 
       

Total

 $35,310 $13,328 $11,308 
       
Earnings from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes$80,501
$50,889
$43,524



 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 

Total Assets

 
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
Purchases of Property and Equipment 

Tommy Bahama

 $306,772 $274,140 $30,810
$46,392
$24,686

Lilly Pulitzer

 82,417 79,476 10,343
4,576
3,228
Lanier Clothes30
593
85

Ben Sherman

 78,040 64,591 1,137
3,997
4,220

Lanier Clothes

 30,755 35,530 

Corporate and Other

 11,223 46,989 1,052
5,144
3,091

Assets related to Discontinued Operations

  57,745 
     

Total

 $509,207 $558,471 $43,372
$60,702
$35,310
     

Intangible Assets, net and Goodwill

 

Tommy Bahama

 $111,964 $112,480 

Lilly Pulitzer

 46,524 47,354 

Ben Sherman

 23,200 23,712 

Lanier Clothes

   

Corporate and Other

   
     

Total

 $181,688 $183,546 
     


101

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)

        Information for the net


 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013
Total Assets  
Tommy Bahama$408,599
$359,462
Lilly Pulitzer101,704
90,873
Lanier Clothes39,989
28,455
Ben Sherman79,299
74,055
Corporate and Other(2,286)3,225
Total$627,305
$556,070
Net book value of our long-lived assets, including property and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):


 January 28,
2012
 January 29,
2011
 February 1, 2014February 2, 2013

United States

 $244,803 $239,041 $124,894
$115,022

United Kingdom

 28,411 26,687 
United Kingdom and Europe7,086
8,140

Other foreign

 1,680 1,713 9,539
5,720
     

Total

 $274,894 $267,441 $141,519
$128,882
     

        Information for the net

Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):


 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

United States and Canada

 $693,969 $541,750 $508,917 
Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011
United States$843,620
$793,289
$691,945

United Kingdom and Europe

 62,671 58,465 71,806 45,488
51,536
62,671

Other

 2,273 3,732 4,583 
       
Other foreign27,989
10,717
4,297

Total

 $758,913 $603,947 $585,306 $917,097
$855,542
$758,913
       

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

SunTrust
SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("SunTrust") is one of our principal shareholders, with the ability to direct the voting of approximately 5% of our outstanding common stock at December 31, 2013. SunTrust has advised us that it is holding these shares of our common stock in various fiduciary and agency capacities. Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chief Executive Officer, is on the board of directors of SunTrust and is a member of its Audit and Governace & Nominating Committees. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, a board memberone of Oxford Industries, Inc., has beenour directors, is Chairman, President and CEO of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta/Georgia Division since April 2010 and was previously Chairman,Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer of SunTrust Bank, Central Group, prior to April 2010.

Banks, Inc.

We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as a joint book-running managerlead arranger and bookrunner in connection with our fiscal 2009 offeringFiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 refinancings of the 113/8% Senior Secured Notes and as a dealer-manager in connection with the accompanying tender offer for our 87/8% senior unsecured notes due 2011.credit facility. The services provided and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):

Service
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012Fiscal 2011

Interest and agent fees for our credit facility

 $234 $303 $353 $696
$569
$234

Cash management and senior notes related services

 $151 $66 $85 

Book-running manager and dealer-manager fees

 $ $ $750 
Cash management services$92
$106
$151
Lead arranger, bookrunner and upfront fees$254
$616
$

Other

 $7 $8 $8 $6
$9
$7


102

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2011,2013, December 31, 20102012 and December 31, 2009.

2011.

TableIn addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chairman and retired Chief Executive Officer, served on the board of Contents

directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.

Contingent Consideration Agreement

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21,during Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the capital stock of SugartownLilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition will beare entitled to earn up to an additional $20$20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on our Lilly Pulitzer Group'sPulitzer's achievement of certain financialearnings targets. The beneficialpotential contingent consideration is comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the capital stockLilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of Sugartownthe period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.

Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain family members, held a 50% ownership interest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition continue to manage the Lilly Pulitzer operations subsequent tooperations.
During Fiscal 2012, we paid the acquisition. Asmaximum $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of January 28,Lilly Pulitzer's earnings from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011. During Fiscal 2012, no amounts have been paid pursuantwe entered into an amendment to the contingent consideration agreement; however,agreement. Under this amendment, after consideration of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings through the date of the amendment and the substantial likelihood that the $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's operating results for Fiscal 2012 would become payable, we paid the $2.5 million Fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount, less a discount, during Fiscal 2012. No changes to earnings targets or other terms of the agreement resulted from this amendment.
Based on the Fiscal 2013 Lilly Pulitzer earnings, the maximum $2.5 million contingent consideration amount has been earned and is classified in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2014. We anticipate payment of this amount in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014. Further, based on the Lilly Pulitzer earnings through Fiscal 2013 and the required earnings in Fiscal 2014, we anticipate that the remaining $12.5 million of the contingent consideration has beenwill be earned and is payable based on the fiscal 2011 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group. The $2.5 million amount is expected to be paid during the first half of fiscal 2012.

paid.

Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)

Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter.quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summary of our fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010Fiscal 2012 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):


103

Fiscal 2011
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Total 

Net sales

 $208,308 $180,646 $170,280 $199,679 $758,913 

Gross profit

 $117,660 $102,937 $88,740 $103,632 $412,969 

Operating income

 $30,713 $17,711 $6,816 $13,567 $68,807 

Earnings from continuing operations(1)

 $17,060 $3,520 $1,611 $7,052 $29,243 

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $1,040 $(916)$13 $ $137 

Net earnings

 $18,100 $2,604 $1,624 $7,052 $29,380 

Earnings from continuing operations per common share:

                

Basic

 $1.03 $0.21 $0.10 $0.43 $1.77 

Diluted

 $1.03 $0.21 $0.10 $0.43 $1.77 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes per common share:

                

Basic

 $0.06 $(0.06)$0.00 $0.00 $0.01 

Diluted

 $0.06 $(0.06)$0.00 $0.00 $0.01 

Net earnings per common share:

                

Basic

 $1.10 $0.16 $0.10 $0.43 $1.78 

Diluted

 $1.10 $0.16 $0.10 $0.43 $1.78 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                

Basic

  16,515  16,514  16,502  16,509  16,510 

Diluted

  16,525  16,531  16,517  16,528  16,529 

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)


Fiscal 2010
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Total 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Total
Fiscal 2013 

Net sales

 $163,625 $142,981 $139,627 $157,714 $603,947 $234,203
$235,024
$197,506
$250,364
$917,097

Gross profit

 $89,707 $79,018 $73,685 $84,997 $327,407 $134,075
$136,849
$104,785
$137,865
$513,574

Operating income

 $14,971 $11,179 $6,431 $8,081 $40,662 $26,061
$27,712
$4,551
$26,346
$84,670

Earnings from continuing operations

 $8,524 $4,679 $1,319 $1,713 $16,235 

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $3,973 $2,540 $4,231 $51,679 $62,423 

Net earnings

 $12,497 $7,219 $5,550 $53,392 $78,658 $13,623
$15,806
$889
$14,973
$45,291

Earnings from continuing operations per common share:

 
Net earnings per share: 
Basic and diluted$0.82
$0.96
$0.05
$0.91
$2.75
Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Basic

 $0.52 $0.28 $0.08 $0.10 $0.98 16,586
16,394
16,406
16,414
16,450

Diluted

 $0.52 $0.28 $0.08 $0.10 $0.98 16,611
16,423
16,435
16,444
16,482

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes per common share:

 
 
Fiscal 2012 
Net sales$230,953
$206,929
$181,414
$236,246
$855,542
Gross profit$129,214
$118,280
$96,822
$125,241
$469,557
Operating income$32,788
$20,318
$5,920
$9,945
$68,971
Net earnings$18,002
$5,028
$3,010
$5,277
$31,317
Net earnings per share: 
Basic and diluted$1.09
$0.30
$0.18
$0.32
$1.89
Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Basic

 $0.24 $0.15 $0.26 $3.12 $3.77 16,531
16,554
16,580
16,585
16,563

Diluted

 $0.24 $0.15 $0.26 $3.12 $3.77 16,552
16,570
16,591
16,608
16,586

Net earnings per common share:

 

Basic

 $0.76 $0.44 $0.34 $3.23 $4.76 

Diluted

 $0.76 $0.44 $0.33 $3.22 $4.75 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 

Basic

 16,491 16,540 16,564 16,552 16,537 

Diluted

 16,503 16,552 16,576 16,562 16,551 

The sum of the quarterly earnings from continuing operations per common share, earnings from discontinued operations per common share and net earnings per common share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. Additionally,Fiscal 2012 includes 53 weeks, with the sum of earnings from continuing operations per common share and earnings from discontinued operations per common share may not equal net earnings per common share for eachfourth quarter due to rounding.

including a 14 week period. Fiscal 2013 includes 52 weeks with the fourth quarter including a 13 week period.

The firstfourth quarter of fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 included $1.0 milliona gain on sale of charges resulting from the write-upproperty of acquired inventory from cost to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting. Additionally$1.6 million. During the second quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2011 included an $8.2Fiscal 2013, we recognized charges of $0.3 million loss and $0.8$0.4 million, loss, respectively, onresulting from the repurchase of senior secured notes. Theinventory step-up related to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. During the second, third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013, we recognized charges of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, related to amortization of intangible assets resulting from the purchase accounting impact of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.
The second quarter of Fiscal 2012 included a $9.1 million loss on the redemption of our Senior Secured Notes, while the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2012 included the following significant items which impacted earnings from continuing operations for the quarter: (1) a LIFO accounting charge of $5.8$4.5 million; and (2) life insurance death benefit proceeds of $1.2 million. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 included the following significant items which impacted earnings from continuing operations for the quarter: (1) the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer as discussed in Note 14, including the $0.8a $4.5 million of transaction costs associated with the transaction and the $0.8 million of additional cost of goods over cost resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value pursuant charge due to the purchase method of accounting, (2) $3.2 million of charges in Ben Sherman, primarily related to the termination of certain lease agreements and the impairment of certain fixed assets, (3) the $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability and (4) the $2.4 million LIFO accounting charge. Additionally, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 included the sale of


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)

substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group, as discussed in Note 15.

Note 13. Restructuring Charges and Other Unusual Items

        During fiscal 2010, we incurred approximately $3.2 million of charges primarily consisting of retail store lease terminations in the United Kingdom of $2.8 million, which were paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, and fixed asset impairment charges of $0.4 million, all which were included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. Additionally, fiscal 2010 also included the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer as discussed in Note 14, the disposal of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group as discussed in Note 15 and the change in estimate for an environmental reserve discussed in Note 6.

        During fiscal 2009, we incurred approximately $2.0 million of charges related to certain restructuring initiatives in our Ben Sherman operating group, $1.7 million of which were included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings with the remaining amounts included in cost of goods sold. The restructuring charges primarily related to our exit from the Ben Sherman footwear, kids' and women's operations as well as other streamlining initiatives. These charges primarily consist of employee termination costs and certain contract termination costs. Substantially all such costs were paid during fiscal 2009.

Note 14. Business Combinations

        On December 21, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Sugartown from SWI Holdings, Inc., pursuant to a stock purchase agreement. Sugartown owns the Lilly Pulitzer trademark and designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's dresses, sportswear and other products to specialty and department stores, as well as through direct to consumer channels, including retail stores and an e-commerce site. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we reported the acquired operations of Sugartown as our Lilly Pulitzer operating group. We anticipate that this acquisition will assist us in pursuing our strategic goal of owning a portfolio of lifestyle brands. The acquisition will provide strategic benefits through growth opportunities and further diversification of our business over distribution channels, product categories and target consumers.

        We paid $60 million in cash, subject to adjustment based on net working capital as of the closing date for the acquisition. After giving effect to a preliminary working capital adjustment, the purchase price paid was approximately $58.3 million, net of acquired cash of $0.9 million. In connection with the acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement dated as of December 21, 2010, pursuant to which we will be obligated to pay cash payments of up to $2.5 million in each of the four years following the closing of the transaction and an additional $10 million subsequent to the end of the fourth year, contingent upon Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain financial targets. Transaction costs related to this transaction totaled approximately $0.8 million and are included in SG&A in our consolidated statement of earnings in fiscal 2010.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 14. Business Combinations (Continued)

        Our allocation of purchase price to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed, as reported at January 29, 2011, was preliminary and was revised through the one year allocation period, which ended in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, as we obtained new information about the fair values of these assets and liabilities and as we revised our estimates of the fair values of the assets and liabilities based on any new information. The most significant changes from the preliminary allocation were adjustments to receivables reserves and other accrued expenses, which resulted in a net impact of reducing goodwill by approximately $0.4 million from the initial allocation. The following table summarizes our final allocation of purchase price to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed for the December 2010 Lilly Pulitzer acquisition (in thousands):

 
 December 2010
Lilly Pulitzer
acquisition
 

Cash

 $936 

Receivables

  7,022 

Inventories(1)

  9,439 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  1,082 

Property and equipment

  10,153 

Intangible assets

  30,500 

Goodwill

  16,866 

Other non-current assets

  645 

Deferred income tax assets

  688 

Trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses assumed

  (6,462)

Deferred income tax liability

  (688)
    

Purchase price(2)

 $70,181 
    

(1)
Included a write-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value of $1.8 million pursuant to the purchase method of accounting, which was recognized during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 as the acquired inventory was sold.

(2)
The purchase price included $10.5 million of estimated fair value of contingent consideration, associated with the acquisition which may be payablecompared to a $0.6 million charge in future periods if certain financial targets are met. The contingent consideration is discussed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

    Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

        The pro forma information presented below (in thousands, except per share data) gives effect to the December 21, 2010 acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer as if the acquisition had occurred aseach of the beginning of fiscal 2009. The information presented below is for illustrative purposes onlyfirst three quarters in Fiscal 2012 and is not indicative of results that would have been achieved if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal 2009, nor does it intend to be a projection of future results of operations. The pro forma statements of operations have been prepared from our and Lilly Pulitzer's historical audited consolidated statements of operations for the period presented, including without limitation, purchase

each quarter in Fiscal 2011.







104


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 14. Business Combinations (Continued)

accounting adjustments, but does not include any synergies or operating cost reductions that may be achieved from the combined operations. The fiscal 2009 pro forma information includes the following items which negatively impacted earnings from continuing operations: (1) transaction costs of approximately $0.8 million related to the acquisition, (2) $1.8 million of additional cost of goods sold resulting from the application of purchase accounting to inventory acquired at acquisition

SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and (3) approximately $0.5 million of amortization of acquired intangible assets.

Qualifying Accounts

 
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

Net sales

 $669,621 $650,494 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 $25,785 $(5,064)

Earnings from continuing operations

 $19,624 $(4,277)

Earnings from continuing operations per common share:

       

Basic

 $1.19 $(0.05)

Diluted

 $1.19 $(0.05)
Column AColumn BColumn C Column D Column E
Description
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
Deductions–
Describe
 
Balance at
End of
Period
 (In thousands)
Fiscal 2013      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$11,094
$11,245

$(12,655)(3)$9,684
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,005
(406)
42
(4)641
Fiscal 2012      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$8,429
$11,238

$(8,573)(3)$11,094
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,980
132

(1,107)(4)1,005
Fiscal 2011      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$9,178
$8,612

$(9,361)(3)$8,429
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)2,559


(579)(4)1,980

Note 15. Discontinued Operations

        On January 3, 2011, we sold to LF USA Inc. ("LF") substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group (other than accounts receivable associated with the businesses that were sold and the assets and operations relating to our Oxford Golf business and our distribution center in Lyons, Georgia). The purchase price paid by LF was equal to approximately $121.7 million, less an adjustment based on net working capital on the closing date of the transaction. After giving effect to a preliminary net working capital adjustment, the purchase price paid by LF at the closing of the transaction was approximately $108.2 million, of which $5.4 million was held in escrow pending completion of the final working capital adjustment and other requirements. The net working capital deficit resulted from our retention of accounts receivable and goods in transit as of the closing date, partially offset by our retention of certain accounts payable, as of the closing date, associated with Oxford Apparel. During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, we finalized the net working capital adjustment, which resulted in a change in estimate to the gain on sale as recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, whereby we received $3.7 million of the $5.4 million of cash held in escrow. The impact of this change in estimate was a reduction to the gain on sale of approximately $1.0 million, net of income taxes, which was recognized in fiscal 2011. This change in estimate, which was recorded in fiscal 2011, resulted in a revised after-tax gain on the sale of the Oxford Apparel operations of approximately $48.5 million compared to $49.5 million, as previously recognized in fiscal 2010.

        In connection with the consummation of the transaction described above, we, among other things, entered into (1) license agreements with LF to grant licenses (subject to the limitations set forth in the applicable license agreements) to LF to use the trade name "Oxford Apparel" perpetually in connection with its business, as well as to use certain other trademarks in connection with the manufacture, sale and distribution of men's dress shirts for certain periods of time in the applicable territory; (2) a services agreement with LF pursuant to which, in exchange for various fees, we will provide certain transitional support services to LF in its operation of the transferred assets; and (3) a limited non-competition agreement with LF pursuant to which we agreed (subject to the exceptions set


(1)Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(3)Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.


105

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 15. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

forth in the non-competition agreement) not to engage in certain activities for a period of three years following the completion of the transaction.

        As of January 29, 2011, we owned approximately $57.7 million of assets, which primarily consisted of receivables, including the escrow receivable, and inventories, associated with the discontinued operations and were obligated to pay approximately $40.8 million of liabilities, including trade accounts payable, other accrued expenses, accrued compensation and income taxes payable associated with the discontinued operations and gain on sale. The assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations were converted to cash and paid, respectively, during fiscal 2012 with no remaining assets or liabilities associated with the discontinued operations remaining as of January 28, 2012.

        Operating results of the discontinued operations are shown below (in thousands)


 
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 

Net sales

 $2,414 $200,636 $215,352 

Earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes

 $1,764 $20,610 $21,352 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $1,154 $12,877 $13,238 

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $(1,017)$49,546 $ 

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $137 $62,423 $13,238 

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

        Our 113/8% Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries ("Subsidiary Guarantors"). All guarantees are full and unconditional. For consolidated financial reporting purposes, non-guarantors consist of our subsidiaries which are organized outside the United States and certain domestic subsidiaries. We use the equity method of accounting with respect to investment in subsidiaries included in other non-current assets in our condensed consolidating financial statements. Set forth below are our condensed consolidating balance sheets as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011 (in thousands) as well as our condensed consolidating statements of earnings and statements of cash flows for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 (in thousands).


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
January 28, 2012

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

ASSETS

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 
$

8,416
 
$

1,818
 
$

3,139
 
$

 
$

13,373
 

Receivables, net

  16,082  1,569  68,194  (26,139) 59,706 

Inventories, net

  (15,653) 104,239  16,247  (1,413) 103,420 

Prepaid expenses and deferred tax assets, net

  19,522  14,431  5,887  (1,066) 38,774 
            

Total current assets

  28,367  122,057  93,467  (28,618) 215,273 

Property and equipment, net

  8,094  78,402  6,710    93,206 

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

    158,163  23,525    181,688 

Other non-current assets, net

  613,720  149,268  5,237  (749,185) 19,040 
            

Total Assets

 $650,181 $507,890 $128,939 $(777,803)$509,207 
            

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Current liabilities related to continuing operations

 
$

25,821
 
$

55,100
 
$

56,418
 
$

(19,785

)

$

117,554
 

Long-term debt, less current maturities

  103,405        103,405 

Other non-current liabilities, including non-current contingent consideration

  319,882  (308,380) 149,991  (112,196) 49,297 

Non-current deferred income taxes

  (2,996) 32,128  5,750    34,882 

Total shareholders'/invested equity

  204,069  729,042  (83,220) (645,822) 204,069 
            

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 $650,181 $507,890 $128,939 $(777,803)$509,207 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
January 29, 2011

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

ASSETS

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 
$

41,130
 
$

809
 
$

2,155
 
$

 
$

44,094
 

Receivables, net

  10,969  3,431  44,897  (9,120) 50,177 

Inventories, net

  (13,234) 86,747  11,889  (64) 85,338 

Prepaid expenses and deferred tax assets, net

  19,756  12,671  3,018  (3,886) 31,559 

Assets related to discontinued operations, net

  46,418  324  11,003    57,745 
            

Total current assets

  105,039  103,982  72,962  (13,070) 268,913 

Property and equipment, net

  7,182  72,323  4,390    83,895 

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

    159,543  24,003    183,546 

Other non-current assets, net

  579,130  143,459  4,101  (704,573) 22,117 
            

Total Assets

 $691,351 $479,307 $105,456 $(717,643)$558,471 
            

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Current liabilities related to continuing operations

 
$

13,978
 
$

59,255
 
$

41,170
 
$

(8,097

)

$

106,306
 

Current liabilities related to discontinued operations

  32,379    8,406    40,785 

Long-term debt, less current maturities

  147,065        147,065 

Other non-current liabilities, including non-current contingent consideration

  322,237  (301,271) 143,113  (108,638) 55,441 

Non-current deferred income taxes

  (4,336) 26,944  6,332  (94) 28,846 

Total shareholders'/invested equity

  180,028  694,379  (93,565) (600,814) 180,028 
            

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 $691,351 $479,307 $105,456 $(717,643)$558,471 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2011

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Net sales

 $119,088 $575,517 $98,084 $(33,776)$758,913 

Cost of goods sold

  84,546  239,531  42,928  (21,061) 345,944 
            

Gross profit

  34,542  335,986  55,156  (12,715) 412,969 

SG&A including change in fair value of contingent consideration

  24,732  292,607  55,883  (12,240) 360,982 

Royalties and other operating income

  345  9,458  7,246  (229) 16,820 
            

Operating income

  10,155  52,837  6,519  (704) 68,807 

Interest (income) expense, net

  17,947  (4,843) 3,162    16,266 

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

  9,017        9,017 

Income from equity investment

  37,322      (37,322)  
            

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

  20,513  57,680  3,357  (38,026) 43,524 

Income taxes (benefit)

  (9,332) 23,557  303  (247) 14,281 
            

Earnings from continuing operations

  29,845  34,123  3,054  (37,779) 29,243 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  (7) 144      137 
            

Net earnings

 $29,838 $34,267 $3,054 $(37,779)$29,380 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2010

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Net sales

 $112,270 $435,599 $85,308 $(29,230)$603,947 

Cost of goods sold

  77,481  178,776  35,780  (15,497) 276,540 
            

Gross profit

  34,789  256,823  49,528  (13,733) 327,407 

SG&A including change in fair value of contingent consideration

  33,982  231,246  52,813  (15,866) 302,175 

Royalties and other operating income

  1,118  8,830  7,343  (1,861) 15,430 
            

Operating income

  1,925  34,407  4,058  272  40,662 

Interest (income) expense, net

  21,492  (4,548) 2,949  (6) 19,887 

Income from equity investment

  25,863      (25,863)  
            

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

  6,296  38,955  1,109  (25,585) 20,775 

Income taxes (benefit)

  (12,115) 15,212  1,346  97  4,540 
            

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

  18,411  23,743  (237) (25,682) 16,235 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  60,068  1,409  946    62,423 
            

Net earnings (loss)

 $78,479 $25,152 $709 $(25,682)$78,658 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2009

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Net sales

 $120,148 $395,982 $98,394 $(29,218)$585,306 

Cost of goods sold

  95,183  166,381  49,224  (16,295) 294,493 
            

Gross profit

  24,965  229,601  49,170  (12,923) 290,813 

SG&A including amortization of intangible assets

  27,663  215,834  54,081  (13,872) 283,706 

Royalties and other operating income

  18  5,812  6,373  (400) 11,803 
            

Operating income (loss)

  (2,680) 19,579  1,462  549  18,910 

Interest (income) expense, net, including loss on repurchase of senior notes

  22,323  (4,930) 3,453  (377) 20,469 

Income from equity investment

  13,539      (13,539)  
            

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  (11,464) 24,509  (1,991) (12,613) (1,559)

Income taxes (benefit)

  (12,249) 8,376  603  325  (2,945)
            

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

  785  16,133  (2,594) (12,938) 1,386 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  9,825  1,769  1,644    13,238 
            

Net earnings (loss)

 $10,610 $17,902 $(950)$(12,938)$14,624 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Fiscal 2011

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 $16,399 $37,608 $(13,655)$4,293 $44,645 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                

Net cash used in investing activities

  (3,644) (34,467) (3,877) 6,280  (35,708)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                

Change in debt

  (52,177)   2,625    (49,552)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  2,731        2,731 

Repurchase of common stock

  (1,827)       (1,827)

Equity contribution received

    398  6,279  (6,677)  

Change in intercompany payable

  (186) (2,854) 6,936  (3,896)  

Dividends on common stock

  (8,568)       (8,568)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (60,027) (2,456) 15,840  (10,573) (57,216)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

  14,558  324  2,597    17,479 
            

Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  (32,714) 1,009  905    (30,800)

Effect of foreign currency translation

      79    79 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Period

  41,130  809  2,155    44,094 
            

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Period

 $8,416 $1,818 $3,139 $ $13,373 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Fiscal 2010

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 $(18,158)$47,879 $6,203 $(233)$35,691 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                

Net cash used in investing activities

  (60,026) (10,884) (643)   (71,553)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                

Repayments of company owned life insurance policy loans

  (4,125)       (4,125)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  177        177 

Change in intercompany payable

  44,288  (42,491) (2,030) 233   

Dividends on common stock

  (7,275)       (7,275)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  33,065  (42,491) (2,030) 233  (11,223)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

  80,316  5,802  (3,258)   82,860 
            

Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  35,197  306  272    35,775 

Effect of foreign currency translation

      31    31 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Period

  5,933  503  1,852    8,288 
            

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Period

 $41,130 $809 $2,155 $ $44,094 
            

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

January 28, 2012

Note 16. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (Continued)

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Fiscal 2009

 
 Oxford
Industries
(Parent)
 Subsidiary
Guarantors
 Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated
Total
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 $8,953 $51,203 $593 $226 $60,975 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                

Net cash used in investing activities

  (5,851) (6,927) (2,132) 3,613  (11,297)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                

Change in debt

  (27,722)   (5,598)   (33,320)

Repurchase of 87/8% Senior Unsecured Notes          

  (166,805)       (166,805)

Proceeds from the issuance of 113/8% Senior Secured Notes

  146,029        146,029 

Deferred financing costs paid

  (5,049)       (5,049)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  8        8 

Equity contribution received

      3,613  (3,613)  

Change in intercompany payable

  44,507  (44,177) (104) (226)  

Dividends on common stock

  (5,889)       (5,889)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (14,921) (44,177) (2,089) (3,839) (65,026)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

                

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

  16,225  300  4,054    20,579 
            

Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  4,406  399  426    5,231 

Effect of foreign currency translation

      (233)   (233)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Period

  1,527  104  1,659    3,290 
            

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Period

 $5,933 $503 $1,852 $ $8,288 
            

Table of Contents


SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E 
Description
 Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
 Deductions–
Describe
 Balance at
End of
Period
 
 
 (In thousands)
 

Fiscal 2011

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $9,178 $8,612   $(9,361)(3)$8,429 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  2,559      (579)(4) 1,980 

Fiscal 2010

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $8,817 $10,068 $1,341(5)$(11,048)(3)$9,178 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  1,571  (89) 1,355(5) (278)(4) 2,559 

Fiscal 2009

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $9,417 $10,218   $(10,818)(3)$8,817 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  1,857  1,466    (1,752)(4) 1,571 

(1)
Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)
Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(3)
Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)
Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.

(5)
Addition due to the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer in fiscal 2010.

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 and January 29, 2011,February 2, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated March 29, 201231, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
March 29, 2012

31, 2014



106


Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Table of Contents


Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in theInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992). Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 28, 2012.February 1, 2014.

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, and its report thereon is included herein.

/s/ J. HICKS LANIER

J. Hicks Lanier
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
THOMAS C. CHUBB III
 /s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
Thomas C. Chubb III
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
K. Scott Grassmyer
Senior Vice President,President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)

March 29, 201231, 2014

 

March 29, 201231, 2014


Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system's objectives will be met.



107



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.


We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.'s’s (the Company's)Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.'s’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012,February 1, 2014, based onthe COSO criteria.

criteria.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 20112013 consolidated financial statements of Oxford Industries, Inc., and our report dated March 29, 201231, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 29, 2012

31, 2014




108


Item 9B.    Other Information

        None

On March 25, 2014, our Board of Directors amended the Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc. to clarify the responsibilities and authority of our Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary and Assistant Secretary functions, as well as our Chief Executive Officer's role in specifying the duties that may be assigned to our Vice President officer roles. The Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended by our Board of Directors on March 25, 2014, are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3.2 and are incorporated in this Item 9B by reference.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors as of January 28, 2012:

February 1, 2014:

NamePrincipal Occupation
Thomas C. Chubb IIIMr. Chubb is our Chief Executive Officer and President.
Thomas C. GallagherMr. Gallagher is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Genuine Parts Company, a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials.
George C. GuynnMr. Guynn is the retiredwas President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.Atlanta until his retirement in 2006.
John R. HolderMr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a commercial and residential real estate development, leasing and management company.
J. Hicks LanierMr. Lanier is our Chairman and was our Chief Executive Officer.Officer until his retirement on December 31, 2012.
J. Reese LanierMr. Lanier was self-employed in farming and related businesses until his retirement in 2009.
Dennis M. LoveMr. Love is PresidentChairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc., a manufacturer of flexible and specialty rigid packaging.
Clarence H. SmithMr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.
Clyde C. TuggleMr. Tuggle is Senior Vice President Globaland Chief Public Affairs and Communications Officer of The Coca-Cola Company.
Helen B. WeeksMs. Weeks founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, in 1983 and served aswas its Chief Executive Officer until she retiredher retirement in 2002.
E. Jenner Wood IIIMr. Wood is Chairman, President and CEO of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta / Georgia Division.Division and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of January 28, 2012:

February 1, 2014:

NamePosition Held
J. Hicks LanierThomas C. Chubb IIIChairman and Chief Executive Officer and President
Scott A. BeaumontCEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group
Thomas E. CampbellSenior Vice President—President - Law and Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
Thomas C. Chubb IIIPresident
J. Wesley HowardPresident, Lanier Clothes
K. Scott GrassmyerSenior Vice President—President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
Panayiotis P. PhilippouJ. Wesley Howard, Jr. CEO, Ben Sherman GroupPresident, Lanier Clothes
Terry R. PillowCEO, Tommy Bahama Group

Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Policies,Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate



109



Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    1.  Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2009.Fiscal 2011.


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 28,Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and January 29,Fiscal 2011.


Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2009.Fiscal 2011.


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2009.Fiscal 2011.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2009.

Fiscal 2011.

2.     Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

(b)   Exhibits

110


Table of Contents

        (b)   Exhibits



2.1
Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2010, among LF USA Inc., Oxford Industries, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, Tommy Bahama International, Pte. Ltd. and Oxford Product (International) Limited. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2010.
2.2
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other sellers party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010.
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.
3.2
Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2009.*
4.1Indenture, dated June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2009.
4.2Form of 11.375% Senior Secured Note due 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2009.
10.1
1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002.†
10.2Second Amendment to the 1997 Stock OptionExecutive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s)10(d) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.3, 2005.
10.210.3
Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 26, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 15, 2009, filed on May 11, 2009.†
10.310.4
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(y) toTerms and Conditions of the Company's Form 10-KT for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.†
10.5Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. 2009 Restricted Stock Agreement.Performance Share Unit Award Program for Fiscal 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2009.March 23, 2012.
10.410.6
Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2008). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy StatementShare Unit Award Program for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 16, 2008, filed on May 13, 2008.†
10.7Executive Medical Plan.Fiscal 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2013.†
10.5
Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.January 29, 2011.
10.6
First Amendment to Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide LLC, and SWI Holdings, Inc., on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sellers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.
10.7
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and between Sugartown Worldwide, Inc. and Scott A. Beaumont. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.
10.8
SecondThird Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2008,June 14, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1010.1 to the Company's Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011./*\8-K filed on June 15, 2012.
10.9
Third Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2008,June 14, 2012, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1110.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.8-K filed on June 15, 2012.
10.10
SecondFirst Amendment, dated November 21, 2013, to Third Amended and Restated PledgeCredit Agreement, by and Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the other GrantorsPersons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.

Table of Contents

10.11Intercreditor Agreement, dated June 30, 2009, between U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent under the Indenture, and SunTrust Bank, as agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, as acknowledged by the Company and the subsidiaries party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2009.November 25, 2013.
10.1110.12Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc, Barclays Capital Inc. and PNC Capital Markets LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2009.
10.13Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and as trustee, and each Additional Pari Passu Agent from time to time party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.
10.14
Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan as(as amended and restated effective September 1, 2010.June 13, 2012). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2010.27, 2012.
10.1210.15
First Amendment to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amendedCompromise Agreement, dated November 12, 2012, by and restated effective September 1, 2010.between Ben Sherman Group Limited and Panayiotis Philippou. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1910.14 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.February 2, 2013.
10.1310.16
EarnoutExecutive Post-Retirement Benefits Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010,31, 2012, by and amongbetween Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto.J. Hicks Lanier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2010.15 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.February 2, 2013.†
10.1410.21
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, byOxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and between Sugartown Worldwide, Inc. and Scott A. Beaumont.restated, effective March 27, 2013). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21Appendix A to the Company's Form 10-KProxy Statement for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 19, 2013, filed on May 17, 2013.
21
List of Subsidiaries.*
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
24
Powers of Attorney.*
31.1
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

111


32
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-OxleySarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.*
101INS
XBRL Instance Document
101SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
Filed herewith

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

/*\
Confidential treatment has been granted for certain provisions of this exhibit pursuant to a request filed with the SEC. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been granted has been filed separately with the SEC.

Table of Contents


*Filed herewith
††Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt of ours omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 222 Piedmont Avenue,999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30308.

30309.


112



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

By:

By:


/s/ J. HICKS LANIER

THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Thomas C. Chubb III
J. Hicks Lanier
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President


Date: March 29, 2012

31, 2014

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Capacity
Date


Capacity





Date
/s/ J. HICKS LANIER

J. Hicks Lanier
 Chairman of the Board of Directors
and
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III
Chief Executive Officer (Principal
and President
(Principal Executive Officer) and
Director
 
Thomas C. Chubb IIIMarch 29, 201231, 2014

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

K. Scott Grassmyer


Senior Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial
Officer and Controller (Principal
Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal
Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)


March 29, 2012

K. Scott Grassmyer
March 31, 2014
*

Thomas C. GallagherDirectorMarch 31, 2014
*
George C. Guynn
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

John R. Holder
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

J. Hicks LanierDirectorMarch 31, 2014
*
J. Reese Lanier
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

Dennis M. Love
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

Clarence H. Smith
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

Clyde C. Tuggle
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*

Helen B. Weeks
Director

Director


March 29, 2012

*

E. Jenner Wood III
Director

Director


March 29, 201231, 2014

*By

/s/ THOMAS E. CAMPBELL

Thomas E. Campbell
as Attorney-in-Fact

 



 


113